Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 313

00384268

OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission


System
V100R008

Product Description

Issue 07
Date 2010-11-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2010. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description About This Document

About This Document

Purpose
This document describes the OptiX OSN 1500 in the terms of network application, functions,
hardware and software structure, and features.

Related Versions
The following table lists the product versions related to this document.

Product Name Version

OptiX OSN 1500 V100R008

Intended Audience
The intended audience of this document is network planning engineer.

Organization
This document is organized as follows.

Chapter Description

1 Network Application Describes the OptiX OSN 1500 and its position in the
network.

2 Function This chapter generally describes the features of the OptiX


OSN 1500 in the terms of capacity, interface, boards, OAM
and other functions.

3 Hardware Describes the mechanical structure and the adaptable


cabinet installation of the OptiX OSN 1500.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
About This Document Product Description

Chapter Description

4 Software Describes the software system of the OptiX OSN 1500. It


includes intelligent software, board software, NE software
and NM software.

5 Data Features Describes the Ethernet, RPR and ATM features of the
OptiX OSN 1500 in terms of function, application and
protection.

6 DCN Features This chapter describes the DCN feature supported by the
OptiX OSN 1500.

7 ASON Features This chapter introduces the ASON features of the OptiX
OSN 1500 in terms of service classes and application.

8 Protection Describes protection modes (including equipment level and


network level) and characteristics supported by the OptiX
OSN 1500.

9 Clock This chapter describes the clock function of the OptiX OSN
1500.

10 OAM This chapter describes main technical characteristics of the


OptiX OSN 1500 in terms of maintenance and centralized
management.

11 Security Management This chapter describes main technical characteristics of the


OptiX OSN 1500 in terms of safe operation.

12 Technical Specifications This chapter describes the hardware dimension, interface


specifications, transmission performance, environment
requirements and power specification for the OptiX OSN
1500.

13 Compliant Standards This appendix lists international standards to which the


OptiX OSN 1500 conforms in terms of design and
performance.

14 Basic Principle This appendix lists the basic principle of several


technologies which the OptiX OSN 1500 adopts.

Conventions
Symbol Conventions
The following symbols may be found in this document. They are defined as follows.

iv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description About This Document

Symbol Description

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which, if not


avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
DANGER

Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk which,


if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
WARNING

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not


avoided, could cause equipment damage, data loss, and
CAUTION
performance degradation, or unexpected results.
TIP Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save
your time.

NOTE Provides additional information to emphasize or


supplement important points of the main text.

General Conventions
Convention Description

Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in boldface. For
example, log in as user root.

Italic Book titles are in italics.


Courier New Terminal display is in Courier New.

Command Conventions
Convention Description

Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic Command arguments are in italic.

[] Items (keywords or arguments) in square brackets [ ] are


optional.

{ x | y | ... } Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by


vertical bars. One is selected.

[ x | y | ... ] Optional alternative items are grouped in square brackets


and separated by vertical bars. One or none is selected.

{ x | y | ... } * Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by


vertical bars. A minimum of one or a maximum of all can
be selected.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
About This Document Product Description

GUI Conventions
Convention Description

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles are in
boldface. For example, click OK.

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. For
example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Keyboard Operation
Format Description

Key Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.

Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt+A means the
three keys should be pressed concurrently.

Key 1, Key 2 Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means the two keys
should be pressed in turn.

Mouse Operation
Action Description

Click Select and release the primary mouse button without moving the pointer.

Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and quickly without
moving the pointer.

Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the pointer to a certain
position.

Update History
Updates between document versions are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document version
contains all updates made to previous versions.

Updates in Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Based on Product Version V100R008


This document of the V100R008 version is of the seventh release. Compared with issue 06, issue
07 incorporates the following updates:

l In section "Operation and Maintenance", a maximum number of 930 alarms are permitted.

vi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description About This Document

l In section “Data Processing Boards", interface type of the N1EGT2 board is changed to
1000BASE-SX/LX/VX/ZX.

Updates in Issue 06 (2010-03-31) Based on Product Version V100R008


This document of the V100R008 version is of the sixth release. Compared with issue 05, issue
06 has the following optimized contents:
l In section "Power Supply Specification", the description of specification is modified.

Updates in Issue 05 (2009-07-26) Based on Product Version V100R008


This document of the V100R008 version is of the fifth release. Compared with issue 04, issue
05 has the following optimized contents:
l In section "Environmental Specification" and "Environment Requirement", the description
of the specifications is modified.
l In section "SDH Processing Boards", the interface type of N1SLT1 board is modified.
l In section "TPS Protection for Tributary Boards", the supported TPS protection schemes
and boards of OpitX OSN 1500A are added.

Updates in Issue 04 (2009-02-20) Based on Product Version V100R008


This document of the V100R008 version is of the fourth release. Compared with issue 03, issue
04 has the following optimized contents:
Several bugs are fixed.

Updates in Issue 03 (2008-07-30) Based on Product Version V100R008


This document of the V100R008 version is of the third release. Compared with issue 02, issue
03 has the following optimized contents:
l Optimize the figures.
l Several bugs are fixed.

Updates in Issue 02 (2008-04-30) Based on Product Version V100R008


This document of the V100R008 version is of the second release. Compared with issue 01, issue
02 has the following revised or optimized contents:
l The , R1CXL series boards are added.
l Chapter 10 OAM is optimized, and chapter 11 Security Management is added.

Updates in Issue 01 (2007-12-25) Based on Product Version V100R008


This document of the V100R008 version is of the first release. Compared with the V100R007,
this version has the following new or optimized content:
l The description is added for the Q3CXL1, Q3CXL4, Q3CXL16, N1SLQ4A, N1SLD4A,
N1SL4A, N1SLQ1A, N1SL1A, and N2BPA boards.
l The following sections are added: 2.14 Simulation Package Loading and Simulation
Package Diffusion, 2.19 DCC Transparent Transmission Through External Clock

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
About This Document Product Description

Interfaces, 2.20 NSF Function, Shared Mesh Restoration Trail and Alarms of the Control
Plane.
l The description about DCC allocation modes is modified in 6.1 Overview.
l Perfect 13 Compliant Standards, describes the standards and protocols complied with by
the OSN equipment.

Updates in Issue 03 (2007-12-15) Based on Product Version V100R007


This document of the V100R007 version is of the third release. Compared with issue 02, issue
03 has the following revised or optimized content.
l The N3EGS4 board is added.
l ASON Clock Tracing is added.
l In 2.9 ASON Features and 2.22 Clock, the description of ASON clock is added.
l Several bugs are fixed.

Updates in Issue 02 (2007-09-10) Based on Product Version V100R007


This document of the V100R007 version is of the second release. Compared with issue 01, issue
02 has the following revised or optimized contents:
l The access capacity in 2.2.2 Service Access Capacity is rectified.
l Related information on the N1SL16A and N2SL16A is supplemented.
l In 12.8 Power Supply Specification, the Max. current is rectified.
l In 12.13 Power Consumption and Weight of Boards, the power and weight is updated.
l 12.9 Electromagnetic Compatibility, 12.11 Environmental Specification and 12.12
Environment Requirement are revised.
l The interface type, BNC is all changed to SMB.
l The mapping relation between boards and slots in 3.3.2 Slot Allocation and 3.4.2 Slot
Allocation are optimized.

Updates in Issue 01 (2007-06-15) Based on Product Version V100R007


This document of the V100R007 version is of the first release. Compared with the V100R006,
this version has the following new or optimized contents:
l Description of the N3SL16, N3SL16A, N2PQ3, N2PD3, N2PL3, N2PL3A, TN11OBU1,
TN11MR2, TN11MR4, TN11CMR2 and TN11CMR4 is added.
l Sections of the new features are added.
– Section "Intelligent Optical Power Adjustment"
– Section "External Clock Output Shutdown Function"
– 2.15 Hot Patch
– 2.16 Inter-Board Alarm Suppression
– 2.17 PRBS Function
– 2.18 Board Version Replacement

Updates in Issue 03 (2007-03-30) Based on Product Version V100R006


The updated contents are as follows.

viii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description About This Document

Several bugs in this document of the previous version are fixed.

Updates in Issue 02 (2007-01-10) Based on Product Version V100R006


The updated contents are as follows.
Several bugs in this document of the previous version are fixed.

Updates in Issue 01 (2006-09-20) Based on Product Version V100R006


This document of the V100R006 version is of the first release.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description Contents

Contents

About This Document...................................................................................................................iii


1 Network Application.................................................................................................................1-1
2 Function........................................................................................................................................2-1
2.1 Capacity...........................................................................................................................................................2-3
2.1.1 Cross-Connect Capacity.........................................................................................................................2-3
2.1.2 Slot Access Capacity..............................................................................................................................2-3
2.2 Service.............................................................................................................................................................2-5
2.2.1 Service Type...........................................................................................................................................2-6
2.2.2 Service Access Capacity........................................................................................................................ 2-6
2.3 Interface...........................................................................................................................................................2-7
2.3.1 Service Interfaces...................................................................................................................................2-8
2.3.2 Administration and Auxiliary Interfaces................................................................................................2-8
2.4 Networking......................................................................................................................................................2-9
2.5 Built-in WDM Technology...........................................................................................................................2-11
2.6 110 V/220 V Power Supply..........................................................................................................................2-12
2.7 REG Function................................................................................................................................................2-12
2.8 Protection......................................................................................................................................................2-14
2.8.1 Equipment Level Protection.................................................................................................................2-14
2.8.2 Network Level Protection....................................................................................................................2-15
2.9 ASON Features.............................................................................................................................................2-16
2.10 TCM............................................................................................................................................................2-16
2.11 E13/M13 Function.......................................................................................................................................2-16
2.12 RPR.............................................................................................................................................................2-17
2.13 ETH-OAM..................................................................................................................................................2-17
2.14 Simulation Package Loading and Simulation Package Diffusion...............................................................2-18
2.15 Hot Patch.....................................................................................................................................................2-18
2.16 Inter-Board Alarm Suppression..................................................................................................................2-19
2.17 PRBS Function............................................................................................................................................2-19
2.18 Board Version Replacement........................................................................................................................2-20
2.19 DCC Transparent Transmission Through External Clock Interfaces.........................................................2-20
2.20 NSF Function..............................................................................................................................................2-21
2.21 OAM Information Interworking..................................................................................................................2-22

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xi


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Contents Product Description

2.22 Clock...........................................................................................................................................................2-22
2.23 OAM............................................................................................................................................................2-22
2.24 Security Management..................................................................................................................................2-23

3 Hardware......................................................................................................................................3-1
3.1 Overview.........................................................................................................................................................3-2
3.2 Cabinet............................................................................................................................................................3-2
3.3 OptiX OSN 1500A Subrack............................................................................................................................3-3
3.3.1 Structure.................................................................................................................................................3-4
3.3.2 Slot Allocation........................................................................................................................................3-4
3.4 OptiX OSN 1500B Subrack............................................................................................................................3-6
3.4.1 Structure.................................................................................................................................................3-6
3.4.2 Slot Allocation........................................................................................................................................3-7
3.5 Boards..............................................................................................................................................................3-9
3.5.1 Board Type.............................................................................................................................................3-9
3.5.2 Cross-Connect and System Control Boards.........................................................................................3-12
3.5.3 SDH Processing Boards.......................................................................................................................3-14
3.5.4 PDH Processing Boards.......................................................................................................................3-20
3.5.5 DDN Processing Boards.......................................................................................................................3-25
3.5.6 Data Processing Boards........................................................................................................................3-26
3.5.7 WDM Boards.......................................................................................................................................3-35
3.5.8 Optical Booster Amplifier Boards........................................................................................................3-37
3.5.9 Auxiliary Boards..................................................................................................................................3-38

4 Software.......................................................................................................................................4-1
4.1 Overview.........................................................................................................................................................4-2
4.2 Board Software................................................................................................................................................4-2
4.3 NE Software....................................................................................................................................................4-3
4.4 T2000 System..................................................................................................................................................4-4
4.5 ASON Software...............................................................................................................................................4-5

5 Data Features...............................................................................................................................5-1
5.1 Ethernet Features.............................................................................................................................................5-2
5.1.1 Functions................................................................................................................................................5-2
5.1.2 Application.............................................................................................................................................5-9
5.1.3 Protection.............................................................................................................................................5-13
5.2 RPR Features.................................................................................................................................................5-17
5.2.1 Functions..............................................................................................................................................5-18
5.2.2 Application...........................................................................................................................................5-21
5.2.3 Protection.............................................................................................................................................5-24
5.3 ATM Features...............................................................................................................................................5-28
5.3.1 Functions..............................................................................................................................................5-28
5.3.2 Application...........................................................................................................................................5-30
5.3.3 Protection.............................................................................................................................................5-34

xii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description Contents

5.4 SAN Features................................................................................................................................................5-35


5.5 DDN Features................................................................................................................................................5-36
5.5.1 Functions..............................................................................................................................................5-36
5.5.2 Application...........................................................................................................................................5-37
5.5.3 Protection.............................................................................................................................................5-37

6 DCN Features..............................................................................................................................6-1
6.1 Overview.........................................................................................................................................................6-2
6.1.1 Background of SDH DCN......................................................................................................................6-3
6.1.2 SDH DCN Solutions..............................................................................................................................6-3
6.1.3 DCC Resource Allocation Modes..........................................................................................................6-4
6.2 HWECC..........................................................................................................................................................6-4
6.2.1 Features..................................................................................................................................................6-4
6.2.2 Application.............................................................................................................................................6-5
6.3 IP Over DCC...................................................................................................................................................6-6
6.3.1 Features..................................................................................................................................................6-7
6.3.2 Application.............................................................................................................................................6-7
6.4 OSI Over DCC................................................................................................................................................6-8
6.4.1 Features..................................................................................................................................................6-8
6.4.2 Application.............................................................................................................................................6-9

7 ASON Features...........................................................................................................................7-1
7.1 Automatic Discovery of the Topologies.........................................................................................................7-3
7.1.1 Auto-Discovery of Control Links..........................................................................................................7-3
7.1.2 Auto-Discovery of TE Links..................................................................................................................7-5
7.2 End-to-End Service Configuration..................................................................................................................7-6
7.3 Mesh Networking Protection and Restoration................................................................................................7-8
7.4 ASON Clock Tracing......................................................................................................................................7-9
7.5 SLA...............................................................................................................................................................7-12
7.6 Diamond Services.........................................................................................................................................7-14
7.7 Gold Services................................................................................................................................................7-20
7.8 Silver Services...............................................................................................................................................7-21
7.9 Copper Services.............................................................................................................................................7-24
7.10 Iron Services................................................................................................................................................7-25
7.11 Tunnels........................................................................................................................................................7-25
7.12 Service Association.....................................................................................................................................7-27
7.13 Service Optimization...................................................................................................................................7-29
7.14 Service Migration........................................................................................................................................7-29
7.15 Reverting Services to Original Routes........................................................................................................7-30
7.16 Preset Restoring Trail..................................................................................................................................7-32
7.17 Shared Mesh Restoration Trail....................................................................................................................7-32
7.18 Equilibrium of Network Traffic..................................................................................................................7-33
7.19 Shared Risk Link Group..............................................................................................................................7-34
7.20 ASON Trail Group......................................................................................................................................7-35

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xiii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Contents Product Description

7.21 Protocol Encryption.....................................................................................................................................7-36


7.22 Alarms of the Control Plane........................................................................................................................7-36

8 Protection.....................................................................................................................................8-1
8.1 Equipment Level Protection............................................................................................................................8-2
8.1.1 TPS Protection for Tributary Boards.....................................................................................................8-2
8.1.2 1+1 Hot Backup for the Cross-Connect, Timing and SCC Units..........................................................8-3
8.1.3 1+1 Protection for Ethernet Boards........................................................................................................8-4
8.1.4 1+1 Protection for ATM Boards............................................................................................................8-5
8.1.5 1+1 Hot Backup for the Power Interface Unit.......................................................................................8-6
8.1.6 Protection for the Wavelength Conversion Unit....................................................................................8-6
8.1.7 1:N Protection for the +3.3 V Board Power Supply..............................................................................8-7
8.1.8 Board Protection Schemes Under Abnormal Conditions.......................................................................8-7
8.2 Network Level Protection...............................................................................................................................8-7
8.2.1 Linear MSP............................................................................................................................................8-8
8.2.2 MSP Ring...............................................................................................................................................8-9
8.2.3 SNCP....................................................................................................................................................8-11
8.2.4 DNI.......................................................................................................................................................8-16
8.2.5 Fiber-Shared Virtual Trail Protection.................................................................................................. 8-18
8.2.6 Optical-Path-Shared MSP....................................................................................................................8-18
8.2.7 RPR Protection.....................................................................................................................................8-20
8.2.8 VP-Ring/VC-Ring Protection.............................................................................................................. 8-21

9 Clock.............................................................................................................................................9-1
9.1 Clock Source...................................................................................................................................................9-2
9.1.1 External Clock Source............................................................................................................................9-2
9.1.2 Line Clock Source..................................................................................................................................9-2
9.1.3 Tributary Clock Source..........................................................................................................................9-2
9.1.4 Internal Clock Source.............................................................................................................................9-3
9.2 Clock Working Mode......................................................................................................................................9-3
9.2.1 Locked Mode..........................................................................................................................................9-3
9.2.2 Holdover Mode......................................................................................................................................9-3
9.2.3 Free-Run Mode......................................................................................................................................9-3
9.3 Clock Outputs..................................................................................................................................................9-3
9.4 Clock Protection..............................................................................................................................................9-4
9.4.1 Clock Configuration with SSM Not Enabled ........................................................................................9-4
9.4.2 Clock Configuration with Standard SSM Enabled ...............................................................................9-5
9.4.3 Clock Configuration with Extended SSM Enabled ...............................................................................9-6
9.5 Tributary Retiming..........................................................................................................................................9-8
9.5.1 Retiming Principle..................................................................................................................................9-8
9.5.2 Application of the Retiming Function....................................................................................................9-8

10 OAM.........................................................................................................................................10-1
10.1 Operation and Maintenance........................................................................................................................ 10-2

xiv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description Contents

10.2 Network Management.................................................................................................................................10-3

11 Security Management............................................................................................................11-1
11.1 Authentication Management.......................................................................................................................11-2
11.2 Authorization Management.........................................................................................................................11-2
11.3 Network Security Management...................................................................................................................11-2
11.4 System Security Management.....................................................................................................................11-3
11.5 Log Management.........................................................................................................................................11-3
11.5.1 NE Security Log Management...........................................................................................................11-4
11.5.2 Syslog Management...........................................................................................................................11-4

12 Technical Specifications.......................................................................................................12-1
12.1 Interface Types............................................................................................................................................12-3
12.2 Specifications of the Optical Interface........................................................................................................12-3
12.2.1 SDH Optical Interface........................................................................................................................12-4
12.2.2 Ethernet Optical Interface..................................................................................................................12-8
12.2.3 ATM Optical Interface.......................................................................................................................12-9
12.2.4 Laser Safety Class............................................................................................................................12-10
12.3 Specifications of Electrical Interfaces.......................................................................................................12-10
12.3.1 PDH Electrical Interface..................................................................................................................12-11
12.3.2 DDN Interface..................................................................................................................................12-11
12.3.3 Auxiliary Interface...........................................................................................................................12-12
12.4 Clock Timing and Synchronization Performance.....................................................................................12-13
12.4.1 Clock Interface Type........................................................................................................................12-13
12.4.2 Timing and Synchronization Performance.......................................................................................12-14
12.5 Transmission Performance........................................................................................................................12-14
12.6 Timeslot Numbering.................................................................................................................................12-14
12.7 Cabinet and Subrack Specification...........................................................................................................12-15
12.8 Power Supply Specification......................................................................................................................12-16
12.9 Electromagnetic Compatibility.................................................................................................................12-16
12.10 Safety Certification.................................................................................................................................12-17
12.11 Environmental Specification...................................................................................................................12-19
12.12 Environment Requirement......................................................................................................................12-19
12.12.1 Environment for Storage................................................................................................................12-19
12.12.2 Environment for Transportation.....................................................................................................12-21
12.12.3 Environment for Operation............................................................................................................12-24
12.13 Power Consumption and Weight of Boards............................................................................................12-26

13 Compliant Standards.............................................................................................................13-1
13.1 ITU-T Recommendations............................................................................................................................13-2
13.2 IEEE Standards...........................................................................................................................................13-5
13.3 IETF Standards............................................................................................................................................13-6
13.4 ANSI Standards...........................................................................................................................................13-6
13.5 Environment Related Standards..................................................................................................................13-6

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xv


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Contents Product Description

13.6 EMC Standards...........................................................................................................................................13-7


13.7 Safety Compliance Standards......................................................................................................................13-8
13.8 Protection Standards....................................................................................................................................13-8
13.9 ASON Standards.........................................................................................................................................13-9

14 Basic Principle.........................................................................................................................14-1
14.1 Introduction to SDH....................................................................................................................................14-2
14.1.1 SDH Levels........................................................................................................................................14-2
14.1.2 Multiplexing Structure....................................................................................................................... 14-2
14.1.3 Basic Frame Structure........................................................................................................................14-3
14.1.4 SOH Description................................................................................................................................14-3
14.1.5 Path Overhead (POH) Bytes Description...........................................................................................14-7
14.2 Introduction to ATM...................................................................................................................................14-8
14.2.1 Introduction to ATM..........................................................................................................................14-8
14.2.2 ATM Cell Structure............................................................................................................................14-8
14.3 Introduction to Ethernet.............................................................................................................................. 14-9
14.3.1 Basic Technologies............................................................................................................................ 14-9
14.3.2 Ethernet Frame Structure.................................................................................................................14-10
14.4 Link Aggregation......................................................................................................................................14-11
14.4.1 Concepts...........................................................................................................................................14-11
14.4.2 Characteristics..................................................................................................................................14-12
14.5 Introduction to MPLS................................................................................................................................14-12
14.5.1 Overview..........................................................................................................................................14-12
14.5.2 Encapsulation Format.......................................................................................................................14-13
14.6 QinQ Principle...........................................................................................................................................14-14
14.6.1 Introduction to QinQ........................................................................................................................14-14
14.6.2 QinQ Data Frame Structure..............................................................................................................14-14

A Glossary.....................................................................................................................................A-1
A.1 Numerics........................................................................................................................................................A-3
A.2 A....................................................................................................................................................................A-3
A.3 B....................................................................................................................................................................A-5
A.4 C....................................................................................................................................................................A-6
A.5 D....................................................................................................................................................................A-9
A.6 E...................................................................................................................................................................A-10
A.7 F...................................................................................................................................................................A-12
A.8 G..................................................................................................................................................................A-14
A.9 H..................................................................................................................................................................A-14
A.10 I..................................................................................................................................................................A-15
A.11 J..................................................................................................................................................................A-16
A.12 L.................................................................................................................................................................A-16
A.13 M................................................................................................................................................................A-18
A.14 N................................................................................................................................................................A-19
A.15 O................................................................................................................................................................A-20

xvi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description Contents

A.16 P.................................................................................................................................................................A-21
A.17 Q................................................................................................................................................................A-23
A.18 R................................................................................................................................................................A-23
A.19 S.................................................................................................................................................................A-25
A.20 T.................................................................................................................................................................A-28
A.21 U................................................................................................................................................................A-29
A.22 V................................................................................................................................................................A-30
A.23 W...............................................................................................................................................................A-30

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xvii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description Figures

Figures

Figure 1-1 OptiX OSN 1500A.............................................................................................................................1-1


Figure 1-2 OptiX OSN 1500B..............................................................................................................................1-2
Figure 1-3 Network application of the OptiX OSN 1500....................................................................................1-3
Figure 2-1 Access capacity of the slots in the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack (Q2/Q3CXL)..................................2-3
Figure 2-2 Access capacity of the slots in the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack (R1CXL)........................................2-4
Figure 2-3 Access capacity of the slots in the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack (Q2/Q3CXL)..................................2-4
Figure 2-4 Access capacity of the slots in the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack (R1CXL) ........................................2-5
Figure 2-5 Hybrid application of ADM and REG..............................................................................................2-13
Figure 2-6 Application of DCC transparent transmission through external clock interfaces............................ 2-21
Figure 3-1 Appearance of an ETSI cabinet..........................................................................................................3-2
Figure 3-2 Structure of the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack......................................................................................3-4
Figure 3-3 Slot layout of the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack...................................................................................3-5
Figure 3-4 Slot layout of the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack after the division of slots..........................................3-5
Figure 3-5 Structure of the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack......................................................................................3-6
Figure 3-6 Slot layout of the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack...................................................................................3-7
Figure 3-7 Slot layout of the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack (after the division of slots)........................................3-8
Figure 3-8 System architecture of the OptiX OSN 1500................................................................................... 3-10
Figure 4-1 Software system structure of the OptiX OSN 1500...........................................................................4-2
Figure 4-2 ASON software architecture...............................................................................................................4-5
Figure 5-1 EPL service based on port................................................................................................................5-10
Figure 5-2 Port-shared EVPL services...............................................................................................................5-10
Figure 5-3 EVPL service based on VLAN ID................................................................................................... 5-11
Figure 5-4 EVPL service based on MPLS......................................................................................................... 5-11
Figure 5-5 EVPL service based on QinQ...........................................................................................................5-11
Figure 5-6 EPLAN service.................................................................................................................................5-12
Figure 5-7 EVPLAN service..............................................................................................................................5-13
Figure 5-8 Dynamic bandwidth adjustment through LCAS.............................................................................. 5-14
Figure 5-9 Virtual concatenation group protection through LCAS....................................................................5-15
Figure 5-10 RPR ring.........................................................................................................................................5-17
Figure 5-11 Spatial reuse....................................................................................................................................5-20
Figure 5-12 Fairness algorithm when the weight is 1........................................................................................5-21
Figure 5-13 Fairness algorithm when the weights are different.........................................................................5-21
Figure 5-14 EVPL service accessing, forwarding and stripping........................................................................5-22

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xix


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Figures Product Description

Figure 5-15 EVPL service convergence.............................................................................................................5-23


Figure 5-16 RPR EVPLAN service....................................................................................................................5-24
Figure 5-17 Wrapping protection.......................................................................................................................5-25
Figure 5-18 Steering protection..........................................................................................................................5-26
Figure 5-19 Wrapping+steering protection........................................................................................................5-27
Figure 5-20 Application of bandwidth exclusive ATM services.......................................................................5-32
Figure 5-21 VP-Ring/VC-Ring..........................................................................................................................5-33
Figure 5-22 IMA service networking.................................................................................................................5-34
Figure 6-1 DCN network......................................................................................................................................6-2
Figure 6-2 Positions of DCC bytes in SDH overheads........................................................................................6-3
Figure 6-3 Networking with extended ECC.........................................................................................................6-5
Figure 6-4 OAM information transparently transmitted by OptiX OSN equipment (ECC)................................6-6
Figure 6-5 OAM information transparently transmitted by third-party equipment (ECC)..................................6-6
Figure 6-6 OAM information transparently transmitted by the third-party equipment (IP)................................6-7
Figure 6-7 OAM information transparently transmitted by the OptiX OSN equipment (IP)..............................6-8
Figure 6-8 OAM information transparently transmitted by the third-party equipment (OSI).............................6-9
Figure 6-9 OAM information transparently transmitted by the OptiX OSN equipment (OSI).........................6-10
Figure 7-1 Auto-discovery of control links..........................................................................................................7-3
Figure 7-2 Management of control topology.......................................................................................................7-4
Figure 7-3 TE link auto-discovery.......................................................................................................................7-6
Figure 7-4 End-to-end service configuration.......................................................................................................7-7
Figure 7-5 Trail restoration..................................................................................................................................7-9
Figure 7-6 ASON clock subnet..........................................................................................................................7-11
Figure 7-7 Diamond Services.............................................................................................................................7-15
Figure 7-8 Gold services....................................................................................................................................7-20
Figure 7-9 A silver service.................................................................................................................................7-22
Figure 7-10 Tunnel.............................................................................................................................................7-26
Figure 7-11 Lower cross-connection..................................................................................................................7-26
Figure 7-12 Service association.........................................................................................................................7-28
Figure 7-13 Service association.........................................................................................................................7-28
Figure 7-14 Shared mesh restoration trail..........................................................................................................7-32
Figure 7-15 Traffic equilibrium.........................................................................................................................7-34
Figure 7-16 LCAS (different path).....................................................................................................................7-35
Figure 7-17 LCAS (same path)..........................................................................................................................7-35
Figure 8-1 End-to-end conversion between an unprotected trail and an SNCP-protected trail.........................8-12
Figure 8-2 Principle of multipath protection......................................................................................................8-13
Figure 8-3 SNCMP networking.........................................................................................................................8-14
Figure 8-4 SNCMP service route in the case of single point failure..................................................................8-15
Figure 8-5 SNCMP service route in the case of multipoint failure....................................................................8-16
Figure 8-6 DNI protection of two SNCP rings...................................................................................................8-17
Figure 8-7 Fiber-shared virtual trail protection..................................................................................................8-18
Figure 8-8 Optical-path-shared MSP.................................................................................................................8-19

xx Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description Figures

Figure 8-9 One higher-rate line shared by two lower-rate lines.........................................................................8-19


Figure 8-10 One line shared by two lines of the same rate................................................................................8-19
Figure 8-11 Example of bidirectional RPR........................................................................................................8-20
Figure 8-12 RPR wrapping protection............................................................................................................... 8-21
Figure 8-13 RPR steering protection..................................................................................................................8-21
Figure 8-14 VP-Ring/VC-Ring protection.........................................................................................................8-22
Figure 9-1 Clock networking with SSM not enabled...........................................................................................9-5
Figure 9-2 Application of the standard SSM........................................................................................................9-6
Figure 9-3 Clock lock ring formed when the standard SSM is enabled...............................................................9-7
Figure 9-4 Application of clock source ID...........................................................................................................9-7
Figure 9-5 Retiming principle diagram................................................................................................................9-8
Figure 9-6 SDH transmission network without retiming.....................................................................................9-9
Figure 9-7 SDH transmission network with retiming........................................................................................9-10
Figure 11-1 Schematic diagram of Syslog protocol transmitting.......................................................................11-4
Figure 14-1 Multiplexing structure.................................................................................................................... 14-3
Figure 14-2 STM-N frame structure.................................................................................................................. 14-3
Figure 14-3 STM-1 SOH....................................................................................................................................14-4
Figure 14-4 STM-4 SOH....................................................................................................................................14-5
Figure 14-5 STM-16 SOH..................................................................................................................................14-5
Figure 14-6 STM-64 SOH..................................................................................................................................14-6
Figure 14-7 ATM cell structure..........................................................................................................................14-9
Figure 14-8 Ethernet frame structure...............................................................................................................14-11
Figure 14-9 Schematic diagram of link aggregation........................................................................................14-11
Figure 14-10 MPLS encapsulation format.......................................................................................................14-13
Figure 14-11 QinQ data frame structure..........................................................................................................14-14
Figure 14-12 C-TAG TCI structure..................................................................................................................14-15
Figure 14-13 S-TAG TCI structure..................................................................................................................14-15

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxi


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description Tables

Tables

Table 2-1 Cross-connect capacity of the OptiX OSN 1500.................................................................................2-3


Table 2-2 Service type supported by the OptiX OSN 1500.................................................................................2-6
Table 2-3 Maximum service access capacity of the OptiX OSN 1500................................................................2-7
Table 2-4 Service interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500..........................................................................................2-8
Table 2-5 Administration and auxiliary interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500........................................................2-9
Table 2-6 Basic networking modes of the OptiX OSN 1500.............................................................................2-10
Table 2-7 Boards that support the REG..............................................................................................................2-13
Table 2-8 REG optical interfaces.......................................................................................................................2-13
Table 2-9 Equipment level protection................................................................................................................2-14
Table 2-10 Network level protection schemes supported by the OptiX OSN 1500...........................................2-15
Table 3-1 Mapping relation between slots for the interface boards and slots for the processing boards of the OptiX
OSN 1500A...........................................................................................................................................................3-5
Table 3-2 Mapping relation between slots for the interface boards and slots for the processing boards of the OptiX
OSN 1500B...........................................................................................................................................................3-8
Table 3-3 Boards for the OptiX OSN 1500........................................................................................................3-11
Table 3-4 CXL series boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A...................................................3-13
Table 3-5 CXL series boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B..................................................3-14
Table 3-6 SDH processing boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A...........................................3-15
Table 3-7 SDH processing boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B..........................................3-16
Table 3-8 SDH processing boards......................................................................................................................3-19
Table 3-9 PDH processing boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A...........................................3-21
Table 3-10 PDH processing boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B........................................3-21
Table 3-11 PDH processing boards (OptiX OSN 1500A).................................................................................3-23
Table 3-12 PDH processing boards (OptiX OSN 1500B)..................................................................................3-23
Table 3-13 DDN processing boards and their valid slots...................................................................................3-25
Table 3-14 DDN processing boards...................................................................................................................3-26
Table 3-15 Data processing boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A..........................................3-26
Table 3-16 Data processing boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B.........................................3-28
Table 3-17 Data processing boards and their interfaces (OptiX OSN 1500A)..................................................3-31
Table 3-18 Data processing boards and their interfaces (OptiX OSN 1500B)...................................................3-32
Table 3-19 WDM boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A.........................................................3-35
Table 3-20 WDM boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B........................................................3-35
Table 3-21 WDM boards and their interfaces (OptiX OSN 1500A)..................................................................3-36
Table 3-22 WDM boards and their interfaces (OptiX OSN 1500B)..................................................................3-36

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxiii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Tables Product Description

Table 3-23 Optical booster amplifier boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A...........................3-37
Table 3-24 Optical booster amplifier boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B..........................3-37
Table 3-25 Optical booster amplifier boards and their interfaces......................................................................3-38
Table 3-26 Auxiliary boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A....................................................3-38
Table 3-27 Auxiliary boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B...................................................3-39
Table 3-28 Auxiliary boards of the OptiX OSN 1500A.....................................................................................3-39
Table 3-29 Auxiliary boards of the OptiX OSN 1500B.....................................................................................3-40
Table 5-1 Function list of EFS4 and EFS0...........................................................................................................5-2
Table 5-2 Function list of EGS2...........................................................................................................................5-4
Table 5-3 Function list of EGS4...........................................................................................................................5-5
Table 5-4 Function list of EMS4..........................................................................................................................5-6
Table 5-5 Function list of EGT2, EFT8, EFT8A and EFT4.................................................................................5-8
Table 5-6 Function list of RPR boards...............................................................................................................5-18
Table 5-7 RPR service class...............................................................................................................................5-19
Table 5-8 Functions of ADL4 and ADQ1..........................................................................................................5-28
Table 5-9 Functions of IDL4 and IDQ1.............................................................................................................5-29
Table 5-10 ATM service types and traffic types................................................................................................5-31
Table 5-11 Classification of ATM protection....................................................................................................5-34
Table 5-12 Service types and bit rates provided by N1MST4...........................................................................5-35
Table 5-13 Functions and features of N1DX1 (N1DM12) and N1DXA...........................................................5-36
Table 6-1 DCC allocation modes of the OptiX OSN 1500..................................................................................6-4
Table 7-1 Service level.......................................................................................................................................7-12
Table 7-2 Service level.......................................................................................................................................7-13
Table 7-3 TE links used by ASON services.......................................................................................................7-13
Table 7-4 Attributes of the permanent 1+1 diamond services............................................................................7-16
Table 7-5 Attributes of the permanent 1+1 diamond services............................................................................7-16
Table 7-6 Attributes of the rerouting 1+1 diamond service...............................................................................7-17
Table 7-7 Attributes of the rerouting 1+1 diamond service...............................................................................7-18
Table 7-8 Attributes of the non-rerouting 1+1 diamond service........................................................................7-18
Table 7-9 Attributes of the non-rerouting 1+1 diamond service........................................................................7-19
Table 7-10 Attributes of gold services...............................................................................................................7-20
Table 7-11 Attributes of silver services..............................................................................................................7-22
Table 7-12 Attributes of silver services..............................................................................................................7-23
Table 7-13 Attributes of copper services............................................................................................................7-24
Table 7-14 Attributes of copper services............................................................................................................7-24
Table 7-15 Attributes of iron services................................................................................................................7-25
Table 7-16 Attributes of tunnels.........................................................................................................................7-27
Table 7-17 Attributes of service association......................................................................................................7-28
Table 7-18 Reverting service to original routes.................................................................................................7-31
Table 7-19 Description on service reverting......................................................................................................7-31
Table 8-1 TPS protection schemes and supported boards....................................................................................8-2
Table 8-2 TPS protection schemes and supported boards of the OptiX OSN 1500A..........................................8-3

xxiv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description Tables

Table 8-3 TPS protection parameters...................................................................................................................8-3


Table 8-4 1+1 hot backup parameters of the cross-connect, timing and SCC units.............................................8-4
Table 8-5 1+1 protection parameters of Ethernet boards.....................................................................................8-4
Table 8-6 1+1 protection parameters of ATM boards..........................................................................................8-6
Table 8-7 1+1 inter-board protection parameters of N1LWX..............................................................................8-6
Table 8-8 Linear MSP parameters........................................................................................................................8-8
Table 8-9 Maximum number of MSP rings supported by the OptiX OSN 1500.................................................8-9
Table 8-10 MSP ring parameters........................................................................................................................8-10
Table 8-11 SNCP parameters.............................................................................................................................8-12
Table 12-1 Optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500......................................................................................12-3
Table 12-2 Specifications of the STM-1 optical interface of the OptiX OSN 1500..........................................12-4
Table 12-3 Specifications of the STM-4 optical interface of the OptiX OSN 1500..........................................12-4
Table 12-4 Specifications of the STM-16 optical interface of the OptiX OSN 1500........................................12-5
Table 12-5 Specifications of the STM-16 (FEC) optical interface of the OptiX OSN 1500.............................12-6
Table 12-6 Wavelengths and frequencies of STM-16 optical interfaces...........................................................12-7
Table 12-7 Specifications of the colored optical interface of the OptiX OSN 1500..........................................12-7
Table 12-8 Parameters specified for the Ethernet optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500...........................12-8
Table 12-9 Performance of the STM-1 ATM optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500.................................12-9
Table 12-10 Performance of the STM-4 ATM optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500...............................12-9
Table 12-11 Laser safety class..........................................................................................................................12-10
Table 12-12 Specifications of PDH electrical interfaces..................................................................................12-11
Table 12-13 DDN interface types.....................................................................................................................12-11
Table 12-14 Specifications of the RS-232 interfaces.......................................................................................12-12
Table 12-15 Specifications of the RS-422 interfaces.......................................................................................12-12
Table 12-16 Specifications of the orderwire phone interface...........................................................................12-13
Table 12-17 Clock features...............................................................................................................................12-13
Table 12-18 Timing and synchronization performance....................................................................................12-14
Table 12-19 Transmission performance...........................................................................................................12-14
Table 12-20 Numbering TU-12s in a VC-4 (scheme I)....................................................................................12-14
Table 12-21 Numbering TU-12s in a VC-4 (scheme II)..................................................................................12-15
Table 12-22 Technical specifications of the ETSI cabinets.............................................................................12-15
Table 12-23 Technical specifications of the 19-inch standard cabinets...........................................................12-15
Table 12-24 Technical specifications of the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack........................................................12-16
Table 12-25 Technical specifications of the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack........................................................12-16
Table 12-26 Power supply specifications.........................................................................................................12-16
Table 12-27 EMC test results...........................................................................................................................12-17
Table 12-28 Safety certifications......................................................................................................................12-18
Table 12-29 Environment specifications for long-term operation...................................................................12-19
Table 12-30 Climate requirements for storage.................................................................................................12-20
Table 12-31 Density requirements for mechanical active substances during storage......................................12-20
Table 12-32 Density requirements for chemical active substances during storage..........................................12-21
Table 12-33 Requirements for mechanical stress during storage.....................................................................12-21

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxv


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Tables Product Description

Table 12-34 Climate requirements for transportation......................................................................................12-22


Table 12-35 Density requirements for mechanical active substances during transportation........................... 12-22
Table 12-36 Density requirements for chemical active substances during transportation...............................12-23
Table 12-37 Requirements for mechanical stress during transportation..........................................................12-23
Table 12-38 Requirements for temperature and humidity................................................................................12-24
Table 12-39 Requirements for the density of the mechanical active substance...............................................12-25
Table 12-40 Density requirements for chemical active substances during operation......................................12-25
Table 12-41 Requirements for mechanical stress during operation................................................................. 12-25
Table 12-42 Power consumption and weight of the boards............................................................................. 12-26
Table 13-1 ITU-T recommendations..................................................................................................................13-2
Table 13-2 IEEE standards.................................................................................................................................13-5
Table 13-3 IETF standards.................................................................................................................................13-6
Table 13-4 ANSI related standards....................................................................................................................13-6
Table 13-5 Environment related standards.........................................................................................................13-6
Table 13-6 EMC related standards.....................................................................................................................13-7
Table 13-7 Safety compliance related standards................................................................................................13-8
Table 13-8 Protection related standards.............................................................................................................13-8
Table 13-9 ASON related standards...................................................................................................................13-9
Table 14-1 SDH levels and the corresponding bit rates.....................................................................................14-2
Table 14-2 SOH bytes description......................................................................................................................14-6
Table 14-3 VC-3/VC-4/VC-4-xc POH bytes description...................................................................................14-7
Table 14-4 VC-12 POH bytes description..........................................................................................................14-7
Table 14-5 The meanings of the bytes in the MPLS encapsulation format......................................................14-13
Table 14-6 TPID settings..................................................................................................................................14-15

xxvi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 1 Network Application

1 Network Application

The OptiX OSN 1500 intelligent optical transmission system (hereinafter referred to as the OptiX
OSN 1500) developed by Huawei is the next-generation intelligent optical transmission
equipment.

The OptiX OSN 1500 integrates the following technologies to transmit voice and data services
on the same platform with high efficiency:

l Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)


l Plesiochronous digital hierarchy (PDH)
l Wavelength division multiplexing (WDM)
l Ethernet
l Asynchronous transfer mode (ATM)
l Storage area network (SAN)
l DVB (Digital Video Broadcasting)
l Digital data network (DDN)
l Automatically switched optical network (ASON)

There are two types of OptiX OSN 1500 system. Figure 1-1 shows the OptiX OSN 1500A and
Figure 1-2 shows the OptiX OSN 1500B. The differences between the OptiX OSN 1500A and
the OptiX OSN 1500B lie in the appearance and access capacity.

NOTE

The different features of the OptiX OSN 1500A and the OptiX OSN 1500B are described in this document.
If the features are not described, they still remain the same.

Figure 1-1 OptiX OSN 1500A

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
1 Network Application Product Description

Figure 1-2 OptiX OSN 1500B

The OptiX OSN 1500 is used at the access layer of a MAN. The OptiX OSN 1500 can also be
networked with the following equipment to optimize the investment and to lower the networking
expenditure for customers:
l OptiX OSN 9500
l OptiX OSN 7500
l OptiX OSN 3500
l OptiX OSN 3500T
l OptiX OSN 2500
l OptiX OSN 2500 REG
Figure 1-3 describes how the OptiX OSN 1500 NE is used in a transmission network.

1-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 1 Network Application

Figure 1-3 Network application of the OptiX OSN 1500


OptiX OSN 3500T
OptiX OSN 9500
OptiX OSN 3500 OptiX OSN 7500

Backbone
layer

OptiX OSN 3500T


OptiX OSN 2500 OptiX OSN 3500

Convergence
layer

OptiX OSN 1500 OptiX OSN 2500

Access
layer

GSM/CDMA PSTN Ethernet ... ATM SAN

Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM)


Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA)
Public Switched Telephony Network (PSTN)
Storage Area Network (SAN)
Ethernet

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 2 Function

2 Function

About This Chapter

The equipment has many functions.

2.1 Capacity
The capacity covers the cross-connect capacity and slot access capacity.
2.2 Service
The supported services are SDH services, PDH services and other services.
2.3 Interface
The interfaces include service interfaces, administration and auxiliary interfaces.
2.4 Networking
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the topologies such as chain, ring, tangent rings, intersecting
rings, ring with chain, dual node interconnection (DNI), hub, and mesh at the STM-1/STM-4/
STM-16/ level.
2.5 Built-in WDM Technology
The equipment supports the built-in WDM technology, which enables the transmission of several
wavelengths in one fiber.
2.6 110 V/220 V Power Supply
The equipment supports the input of 110 V or 220 V AC power supply. When DC power supply
is not available, the equipment can still be supplied with AC power.
2.7 REG Function
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the board REG function.
2.8 Protection
The equipment provides equipment level protection and network level protection.
2.9 ASON Features
The OptiX OSN 1500 provides a set of stand-alone ASON software system to realize the
intelligent management of services and bandwidth resources.
2.10 TCM
The tandem connection monitor (TCM) is a method used to monitor bit errors.
2.11 E13/M13 Function

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
2 Function Product Description

The E13/M13 function is performed to multiplex 16 x E1/21 x T1 signals into one E3/T3 signal
or to demultiplex one E3/T3 signal to 16 x E1/21 x T1 signals. The OptiX OSN 1500 supports
the E13/M13 function.
2.12 RPR
The RPR is suitable for ring topology and is used to quickly restore services from a fiber cut or
a link failure.
2.13 ETH-OAM
The ETH-OAM function enhances the method of performing Ethernet Layer 2 maintenance. It
can be implemented to verify service connectivity, commission deployed services, locate
network faults, and so on.
2.14 Simulation Package Loading and Simulation Package Diffusion
The OptiX OSN equipment provides the functions of simulation package loading and simulation
package diffusion.
2.15 Hot Patch
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the hot patch technology.
2.16 Inter-Board Alarm Suppression
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the suppression of tributary/data board alarms that are raised as
a result of the alarms on the line board.
2.17 PRBS Function
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the pseudo-random binary sequence (PRBS) test function.
2.18 Board Version Replacement
The board version replacement function replaces an old version board with a new version board.
After the replacement, the configuration and service status of the new version board are
consistent with the configuration and service status of the old version board.
2.19 DCC Transparent Transmission Through External Clock Interfaces
The OptiX OSN 1500 can use external clock interfaces to transparently transmit data
communication channel (DCC) information.
2.20 NSF Function
The non-interrupted service forwarding (NSF) function is supported by the Ethernet boards.
With the NSF function, services are not interrupted during an upgrade of the board software and
network processor (NP) software.
2.21 OAM Information Interworking
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports OAM information interworking.
2.22 Clock
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the clock functions.
2.23 OAM
The OptiX OSN 1500 provides maintenance and management functions.
2.24 Security Management
The T2000 uses many schemes to manage the security of the OptiX OSN 1500 NE.

2-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 2 Function

2.1 Capacity
The capacity covers the cross-connect capacity and slot access capacity.

2.1.1 Cross-Connect Capacity


The CXL boards of different versions have different cross-connect capacity.
2.1.2 Slot Access Capacity
The OptiX OSN 1500A and the OptiX OSN 1500B have different slot access capacities.
Moreover, the access capacities depend on the cross-connect and timing units.

2.1.1 Cross-Connect Capacity


The CXL boards of different versions have different cross-connect capacity.
Table 2-1 lists the cross-connect capacity of the OptiX OSN 1500.

Table 2-1 Cross-connect capacity of the OptiX OSN 1500


Cross-Connect Higher Order Cross- Lower Order Cross- Access Capacity
and Timing Connect Capacity Connect Capacity of Single
Board Subrack

Q2/Q3CXL series 20 Gbit/s (128 x 128 20 Gbit/s (128 x 128 15 Gbit/s (96 x 96
boards VC-4) VC-4, equivalent to VC-4)
384 x 384 VC-3 or
8064 x 8064 VC-12)

R1CXL series 15 Gbit/s (96 x 96 5 Gbit/s (32 x 32 VC-4, 10 Gbit/s (64 x 64


boards VC-4) equivalent to 96 x 96 VC-4)
VC-3 or 2016 x 2016
VC-12)

2.1.2 Slot Access Capacity


The OptiX OSN 1500A and the OptiX OSN 1500B have different slot access capacities.
Moreover, the access capacities depend on the cross-connect and timing units.
If the cross-connect and timing units use the Q2/Q3CXL series boards, Figure 2-1 shows the
access capacity of each slot in the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack.

Figure 2-1 Access capacity of the slots in the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack (Q2/Q3CXL)

Slot 1 PIU Slot 11 PIU Slot 6 1.25 Gbit/s


Slot 2/12 2.5 Gbit/s Slot 7 1.25 Gbit/s
Slot20
Slot 3/13 2.5 Gbit/s Slot 8 1.25 Gbit/s
FAN
Slot 4 2.5 Gbit/s Slot 9 1.25 Gbit/s
Slot 5 2.5 Gbit/s Slot 10 AUX

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
2 Function Product Description

If the cross-connect and timing units use the R1CXL series boards, Figure 2-2 shows the access
capacity of each slot in the OptiX OSN 1500A.

Figure 2-2 Access capacity of the slots in the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack (R1CXL)

Slot 1 PIU Slot 11 PIU Slot 6 622Mbit/s


Slot 2 622Mbit/s Slot 12 1.25 Gbit/s Slot 7 622Mbit/s
Slot 20
Slot 3 - Slot 13 1.25 Gbit/s Slot 8 622Mbit/s
FAN
Slot 4 2.5 Gbit/s Slot 9 AMU/EOW
Slot 5 2.5 Gbit/s Slot 10 AUX

In the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack, slot 12 and slot 13 can be divided into half-width slots. Slot
12 can be divided into two half-width slots numbered slot 12 and slot 2, and slot 13 can be
divided into two half-width slots numbered slot 3 and slot 13.
In case the cross-connect and timing boards configured on the OptiX OSN 1500A are the Q2/
Q3CXL series boards:
l As full-width slots, slot 12 and slot 13 each have the access capacity of 2.5 Gbit/s.
l As half-width slots, slots 2, 3, 12 and 13 each have the access capacity of 1.25 Gbit/s.
In case the cross-connect and timing boards configured on the OptiX OSN 1500A are the R1CXL
series boards:
l As a full-width slot, slot 12 has the access capacity of 1.875 Gbit/s, and slot 13 has the
access capacity of 1.25 Gbit/s.
l As half-width slots, slot 2, slot 12 and slot 13 can house boards. Slot 2 has the access
capacity of 622 Mbit/s, slot 12 and slot 13 each have the access capacity of 1.25 Gbit/s.
If the cross-connect and timing units use the Q2/Q3CXL series boards, Figure 2-3 shows the
access capacity of each slot in the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack.

Figure 2-3 Access capacity of the slots in the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack (Q2/Q3CXL)

Slot 14
Slot 18 PIU
Slot 15
Slot 16
Slot 19 PIU
Slot 17

Slot 1/11 2.5 Gbit/s Slot 6 622Mbit/s


Slot 2/12 2.5 Gbit/s Slot 7 622Mbit/s
Slot 20
Slot 3/13 2.5 Gbit/s Slot 8 622Mbit/s
FAN
Slot 4 2.5 Gbit/s Slot 9 622Mbit/s
2.5 Gbit/
Slot 5 2.5 Gbit/s Slot 10 AUX
s

2-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 2 Function

If the cross-connect and timing units use the R1CXL series boards, Figure 2-4 shows the access
capacity of each slot in the OptiX OSN 1500B.

Figure 2-4 Access capacity of the slots in the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack (R1CXL)

Slot 14
Slot 18 PIU
Slot 15
Slot 16
Slot 19 PIU
Slot 17

Slot 1 - Slot 11 622Mbit/s Slot 6 622Mbit/s


Slot 2 - Slot 12 1.25Gbit/s Slot 7 622Mbit/s
Slot 20
Slot 3 - Slot 13 1.25Gbit/s Slot 8 622Mbit/s
FAN
Slot 4 2.5 Gbit/s Slot 9 AMU/EOW
2.5 Gbit/
Slot 5 2.5 Gbit/s Slot 10 AUX
s

In the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack, slot 11, slot 12 and slot 13 can be divided into half-width
slots. Slot 11 can be divided into two half-width slots numbered slot 1 and slot 11; slot 12 can
be divided into two half-width slots numbered slot 2 and slot 12; and slot 13 can be divided into
two half-width slots numbered slot 3 and slot 13.

In case the cross-connect and timing boards configured on the OptiX OSN 1500B are the Q2/
Q3CXL series boards:

l As full-width slots, slots 11-13 each have the access capacity of 2.5 Gbit/s.
l As six half-width slots, slots 1-3 and slots 11-13 each have the access capacity of 1.25 Gbit/
s.

If the cross-connect and timing boards configured on the OptiX OSN 1500B are the R1CXL
series boards:

l As a full-width slot, slot 11 has the access capacity of 622 Mbit/s, slot 12 and slot 13 each
have the access capacity of 1.25 Gbit/s.
l As half-width slots, slots 11-13 can house boards, and the access capacity of each slot is
the same as the access capacity of a full-width slot.

2.2 Service
The supported services are SDH services, PDH services and other services.

2.2.1 Service Type


The OptiX OSN 1500 can process following types of services : SDH, PDH, Ethernet, RPR,
ATM, DDN and SAN services.
2.2.2 Service Access Capacity
Configured with different quantity of different boards, the OptiX OSN 1500 can access services
of different capacities.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
2 Function Product Description

2.2.1 Service Type


The OptiX OSN 1500 can process following types of services : SDH, PDH, Ethernet, RPR,
ATM, DDN and SAN services.

For details about supported service types, refer to Table 2-2.

Table 2-2 Service type supported by the OptiX OSN 1500

Service Type Description

SDH services l Standard SDH services: STM-1/4/16


l Standard SDH concatenated services: VC-4-4c/VC-4-16c
l Standard SDH virtual concatenation services: VC-4-Xv (X≤8),
VC-3-Xv (X≤24)
l SDH services with FEC: 2.666 Gbit/s

PDH services l E1/T1 service


l E3/T3 service
l E4 service

Ethernet services l Ethernet private line (EPL) service


l Ethernet virtual private line (EVPL) service
l Ethernet private LAN (EPLAN) service
l Ethernet virtual private LAN (EVPLAN) service

RPR services l EVPL service


l EVPLAN service

ATM services l Constant bit rate (CBR) service


l Real-time variable bite rate (rt-VBR) service
l Non real-time variable bite rate (nrt-VBR) service
l Unspecified bit rate (UBR) service

DDN services l N x 64 kbit/s (N=1-31) service


l Framed E1 service

SAN services l Fiber channel (FC) service


l Fiber connection (FICON) service
l Enterprise systems connection (ESCON) service
l Digital video broadcast-asynchronous serial interface (DVB-
ASI) service

2.2.2 Service Access Capacity


Configured with different quantity of different boards, the OptiX OSN 1500 can access services
of different capacities.

2-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 2 Function

The capacity of services that the OptiX OSN 1500 can access varies according to the type and
quantity of the configured boards. Table 2-3 lists the maximum capacity of the OptiX OSN 1500
for accessing different services.

Table 2-3 Maximum service access capacity of the OptiX OSN 1500
Service Class Maximum Access Capacity

OptiX OSN 1500A OptiX OSN 1500B

STM-16 standard or concatenated 4 5


services

STM-16 (FEC) services 2 3

STM-4 standard or concatenated 18 18


services

STM-1 standard services 42 54

STM-1 (electrical) services 4 18

E4 services - 8

E3/T3 services 6 27

E1/T1 services 64 190

FE services 32 56

GE services 8 12

STM-1 ATM services 8 12

STM-4 ATM services 2 3

ESCON services 8 12

FICON/FC100 services 4 6

FC200 services 2 3

DVB-ASI services 8 12

N x 64 kbit/s services (N: 1-31) - 16

Framed E1 services - 16

2.3 Interface
The interfaces include service interfaces, administration and auxiliary interfaces.

2.3.1 Service Interfaces


Service interfaces include SDH service interfaces, PDH service interfaces and many other
service interfaces.
2.3.2 Administration and Auxiliary Interfaces

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
2 Function Product Description

The equipment provides several types of administration and auxiliary interfaces.

2.3.1 Service Interfaces


Service interfaces include SDH service interfaces, PDH service interfaces and many other
service interfaces.
Table 2-4 lists the service interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500.

Table 2-4 Service interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500


Interface Description

SDH service STM-1 electrical interfaces: SMB connectors


interface STM-1 optical interfaces: I-1, Ie-1, S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2, Ve-1.2
STM-4 optical interfaces: I-4, S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2, Ve-4.2
STM-16 optical interfaces: I-16, S-16.1, L-16.1, L-16.2, L-16.2Je,
V-16.2Je, U-16.2Je (CXL16 does not provide L-16.2Je, V-16.2Je,
U-16.2Je optical interfaces)
STM-16 optical interfaces (FEC): Ue-16.2c, Ue-16.2d, Ue-16.2f
STM-16 optical interfaces that comply with ITU-T G.692 can output
fixed wavelength from 191.1 THz to 196.0 THz.

PDH service 75/120-ohm E1 electrical interfaces: DB44 connectors


interface 100-ohm T1 electrical interfaces: DB44 connectors
75-ohm E3, T3 and E4 electrical interfaces: SMB connectors

Ethernet service 10/100Base-TX, 100Base-FX, 1000Base-SX, 1000Base-LX,


interface 1000Base-ZX

DDN service RS449, EIA530, EIA530-A, V.35, V.24, X.21, Framed E1


interface

ATM service STM-1 ATM optical interfaces: Ie-1, S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2, Ve-1.2
interface STM-4 ATM optical interfaces: S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2, Ve-4.2
E3 ATM interfaces: E3 ATM services are accessed by the N1PD3 or
N1PL3 or N1PL3A board
IMA E1 interfaces: IMA E1 services are accessed by the N1PQ1 or
N1PQM or N2PQ1 or R1PD1 board

Storage area FC100, FICON, FC200, ESCON, DVB-ASI service optical interfaces
network (SAN)
service interface

NOTE

Ue-16.2c, Ue-16.2d, Ue-16.2f, L-16.2Je, V-16.2Je, U-16.2Je, Ve-1.2, Ve-4.2 are technical specifications
defined by Huawei.

2.3.2 Administration and Auxiliary Interfaces


The equipment provides several types of administration and auxiliary interfaces.

2-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 2 Function

Table 2-5 lists the types of administration and auxiliary interfaces provided by the OptiX OSN
1500.

Table 2-5 Administration and auxiliary interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500

Interface Description
Type

Administration One remote maintenance interface (OAM)


Four broadcast data interfaces (S1-S4)
One Ethernet interface for network management (ETH)
One commissioning interface (COM)

Orderwire One orderwire phone interface (PHONE)


interface

Clock interface Two 75-ohm external clock interfaces (2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz)
Two 120-ohm external clock interfaces (2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz)

Alarm interface Three alarm input and one alarm output interface
Four cabinet alarm indicator output interfaces
Four cabinet alarm indicator concatenation input interfaces

2.4 Networking
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the topologies such as chain, ring, tangent rings, intersecting
rings, ring with chain, dual node interconnection (DNI), hub, and mesh at the STM-1/STM-4/
STM-16/ level.

The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the separate and hybrid configuration of the following types of
NEs:

l Terminal multiplexer (TM)


l Add/drop multiplexer (ADM)
l Multiple add/drop multiplexer (MADM)

The OptiX OSN 1500 can be interconnected with Huawei OSN, DWDM, and Metro equipment
series, to provide a complete transmission network solution.

NOTE

When the equipment is interconnecting, make sure that the K bytes to be received and transmitted are on
the same path at both ends.
l The OptiX OSN 1500 can be used with another OptiX OSN equipment to provide a
complete ASON solution. This solution covers all the layers including the backbone layer,
the convergence layer, and the access layer.
l Through an SDH interface or a GE interface, the OptiX OSN 1500 can be interconnected
with the WDM equipment.
l Through an SDH, PDH, Ethernet, ATM, or DDN interface, the OptiX OSN 1500 can be
interconnected with the OptiX Metro equipment.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
2 Function Product Description

Table 2-6 lists the networking modes supported by the OptiX OSN 1500.

Table 2-6 Basic networking modes of the OptiX OSN 1500


Networking Mode Topology

1 Chain

2 Ring

3 Tangent rings

4 Intersecting
rings

5 Ring with
chain

6 DNI

2-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 2 Function

Networking Mode Topology

7 Hub

8 Mesh

MADM ADM TM ASON NE


Legends:

2.5 Built-in WDM Technology


The equipment supports the built-in WDM technology, which enables the transmission of several
wavelengths in one fiber.

The OptiX OSN 1500 provides a built-in WDM technology. The functions of the equipment are
as follows:

l Any four adjacent standard DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 can be
added or dropped.
l The optical terminal multiplexer (OTM) or the optical add/drop multiplexer (OADM)
station that adds or drops four wavelengths is supported. Concatenation is supported, and
thus multiple waves can be added or dropped.
l The conversion between client-side signal wavelengths and ITU-T G.692 compliant
standard wavelengths is supported. During the conversion, all the signals are transparently
transmitted.
l Intermediate ports are provided for expansion. When intermediate ports are cascaded with
other OADM boards, the expansion of add/drop channels is realized.
l The 3R (regeneration, retiming and reshaping) functions are provided for client-side uplink
and downlink signals (at a rate of 34 Mbit/s to 2.7 Gbit/s). In the case of these client-side
signals, clock recovery is available, and the signal rate can be monitored.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
2 Function Product Description

l Dual fed and selective receiving boards support intra-board protection. One board of this
type can be used to realize the optical channel protection, with the protection switching
time less than 50 ms.
l Single fed and single receiving boards support inter-board protection. A 1+1 inter-board
standby scheme is supported, with the protection switching time less than 50 ms.
l Supports standard CWDM wavelengths, which can be multiplexed or demultiplexed.
l Supports the remote optical pumping amplifier (ROPA) system to transmit signals over a
long distance.
l Supports the intelligent power adjustment (IPA) function.

2.6 110 V/220 V Power Supply


The equipment supports the input of 110 V or 220 V AC power supply. When DC power supply
is not available, the equipment can still be supplied with AC power.
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the 110 V/220 V power supply through an uninterrupted power
module (UPM). The UPM is used to convert 110 V/220 V AC into -48 V DC, and to provide
power supply for the OptiX OSN 1500.
A UPM consists of two power boxes and one storage battery, and thus realizes the protected
power supply. The output power of each UPM is 2 x 270 W.
The dimensions of the power box are 438 mm (W) x 240 mm (D) x 44 mm (H).
The storage battery of the OptiX OSN 1500 has four 12 V-40 Ah battery cells, each of which
measures 197 mm (W) x 165 mm (D) x 170 mm (H). If the 110 V/220 V AC power fails, the
storage battery can provide power supply for four hours.

2.7 REG Function


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the board REG function.
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the hybrid application of REG and ADM, as shown in Figure
2-5.

2-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 2 Function

Figure 2-5 Hybrid application of ADM and REG


SL16 SL16

IN REG IN
SL16 SL16

OUT OUT
OUT OUT

IN IN

OptiX OSN 1500

IN OUT OUT IN

OUT IN IN OUT

SL16 SL16 SL16 SL16

ADM

For details on the boards that support REG, see Table 2-7.

Table 2-7 Boards that support the REG

Board Valid Slot Function

OptiX OSN 1500A OptiX OSN 1500B

N2SL16, slot 12-13 slot 11-13 With the REG mode


N3SL16 enabled, the board is in the
RS loopback mode and only
N2SL16A, slot 12-13 slot 11-13 processes the RSOH and
N3SL16A the frame headers.
NOTE
If the cross-connect and timing units use the R1CXL series boards, the OptiX OSN 1500 does not support
the preceding boards.

For the optical interface types of these boards, see Table 2-8.

Table 2-8 REG optical interfaces

Board Optical Interface Type

N2SL16, N3SL16 L-16.2, L-16.2Je, V-16.2Je, U-16.2Je

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
2 Function Product Description

Board Optical Interface Type

N2SL16A, N3SL16A I-16, S-16.1, L-16.1, L-16.2

2.8 Protection
The equipment provides equipment level protection and network level protection.

2.8.1 Equipment Level Protection


The equipment level protection schemes include TPS protection and 1+1 protection.
2.8.2 Network Level Protection
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports several network level protection schemes.

2.8.1 Equipment Level Protection


The equipment level protection schemes include TPS protection and 1+1 protection.
Table 2-9 lists the equipment level protection schemes supported by the OptiX OSN 1500.

Table 2-9 Equipment level protection


Protected Protection Scheme Revertive Mode
Object
OptiX OSN 1500A OptiX OSN 1500B

E1/T1 1:1 TPS 1:N (N≤2) TPS Revertive


processing
board

6 x E3/T3 Not supported 1:1 TPS Revertive


processing
board

4 x E4/STM-1 Not supported 1:1 TPS Revertive


processing
board

Ethernet Not supported 1:1 TPS Revertive


processing
boards
N2EFS0 and
N4EFS0

N x 64 kbit/s Not supported 1:N (N≤2) TPS Revertive


and framed E1
processing
board

Ethernet 1+1 PPS and 1+1 BPS Non-revertive


processing
boards
N1EMS4,

2-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 2 Function

Protected Protection Scheme Revertive Mode


Object
OptiX OSN 1500A OptiX OSN 1500B

N1EGS4 and DLAG l Revertive


N3EGS4 (Default)
l Non-revertive

ATM IMA 1+1 hot backup Non-revertive


processing
board

Cross-connect 1+1 hot backup Non-revertive


and timing unit

SCC unit 1+1 hot backup Non-revertive

-48 V power 1+1 hot backup Non-revertive


interface unit

+3.3 V board 1:N backup Non-revertive


power supply

2.8.2 Network Level Protection


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports several network level protection schemes.
Table 2-10 lists the network level protection schemes supported by the OptiX OSN 1500.

Table 2-10 Network level protection schemes supported by the OptiX OSN 1500
Network Level Protection Protection Scheme

SDH protection Linear MSP

MSP ring

Subnetwork connection protection (SNCP), subnetwork


connection multi-protection (SNCMP) and subnetwork
connection tunnel protection (SNCTP)

Dual-node interconnection (DNI) protection

Fiber-shared virtual trail protection

Optical-path-shared MSP

Ethernet protection Resilient packet ring (RPR) protection

ATM protection VP-Ring/VC-Ring protection

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
2 Function Product Description

2.9 ASON Features


The OptiX OSN 1500 provides a set of stand-alone ASON software system to realize the
intelligent management of services and bandwidth resources.

The ASON features of the OptiX OSN 1500 are as follows:

l Supports automatic end-to-end service configuration.


l Supports service level agreement (SLA).
l Supports mesh networking and protection.
l Provides traffic engineering control to ensure load-balance traffic network wide and
improve the bandwidth availability.
l Provides distributed mesh network protection including real-time rerouting and pre-
configuration.
l Supports span protection and end-to-end service protection, improving the scalability of
the network.
l Provides ASON clock tracing.
NOTE

The intelligent software system can be bundled with or separated from the OptiX OSN 1500 according to
the requirement. If not equipped with the intelligent software system, the OptiX OSN 1500 does not support
the intelligent features described in this manual.

2.10 TCM
The tandem connection monitor (TCM) is a method used to monitor bit errors.

If a VC-4 passes through several networks, the TCM method can be used to monitor the bit
errors of each section.

The R1CXL, N2SL16, N3SL16, N2SL16A, N3SL16A, N2SL4, N2SLD4, N2SLQ4, N2SL1,
N2SLQ1 and N2SLO1 boards support the TCM at the VC-4 level.

2.11 E13/M13 Function


The E13/M13 function is performed to multiplex 16 x E1/21 x T1 signals into one E3/T3 signal
or to demultiplex one E3/T3 signal to 16 x E1/21 x T1 signals. The OptiX OSN 1500 supports
the E13/M13 function.

The E13/M13 function has two modes: Transmux and Transmux Server.

These two modes are described as follows:

l The remote NE transmits the E1/E3 or T1/T3 services in VC-12/VC-3 granularities to the
central NE over the SDH line.
l The central NE disassembles the received services into E1/T1 granularities.
– For E1/T1 services, the central NE directly demaps VC-12 signals into E1/T1 signals.
– For E3/T3 services, the central NE first demaps VC-3 signals into E3/T3 signals. Then,
the E13/M13 function is performed to demultiplex E3/T3 signals into E1/T1 signals.

2-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 2 Function

l The central NE first grooms E1/T1 signals, and then by using the E13/M13 function,
aggregates and reassembles these E1/T1 signals to E3/T3 signals. Then, the E3/T3 signals
are output.
– If the reassembled E3/T3 signals are output to the local application equipment through
electrical interfaces, the mode is referred to as the Transmux mode.
– If the reassembled E3/T3 signals are output to anoother transmission equipment over
the SDH line, the mode is referred to as the Transmux Server mode.

2.12 RPR
The RPR is suitable for ring topology and is used to quickly restore services from a fiber cut or
a link failure.
The main features of the RPR are as follows:

l Provide the topology auto-discovery function to reflect the network status in real time.
l Support fairness algorithm by configurable weight and support five service levels.
l Support a maximum of 255 nodes in the ring network and support stripping at the
destination node.
l Solve the fairness and congestion control problems.
l Provide RPR protection.

2.13 ETH-OAM
The ETH-OAM function enhances the method of performing Ethernet Layer 2 maintenance. It
can be implemented to verify service connectivity, commission deployed services, locate
network faults, and so on.
For the OptiX OSN 1500, Ethernet service processing boards provide the ETH-OAM function,
which complies with IEEE 802.1ag and IEEE 802.3ah. The ETH-OAM function provides a
complete ETH-OAM solution to automatically detect and locate faults.
The IEEE 802.1ag ETH-OAM is realized through the following methods:

l The link trace (LT) test, which is used to locate the faulty point.
l The loopback (LB) test, which is used for a bidirectional continuity check.
l The continuity check (CC), which is used for a unidirectional continuity check.
l OAM_Ping test, which is used to test the packet loss ratio and latency in service.
The IEEE 802.3ah ETH-OAM function is realized through the following methods:

l Automatic OAM Discovery, which is used to obtain the capability for the opposite end to
support the IEEE 802.3ah OAM protocol.
l Link performance monitoring, which is used to monitor the bit error performance of the
link.
l Fault detection, which is used to report a fault to the opposite end.
l Remote loopback, which is used to locate a fault and test the link performance.
l Self-loop check, which is used to check the self-loop port.
l Loop shutdown, which is used to block a self-loop port and rectify a port loop.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-17


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
2 Function Product Description

2.14 Simulation Package Loading and Simulation Package


Diffusion
The OptiX OSN equipment provides the functions of simulation package loading and simulation
package diffusion.

Simulation Package Loading


When you need to upload the whole set of the software to an NE, and the mapping between the
board and software is defined according to the format of the simulation software package, you
can use the simulation software package to improve the loading efficiency and upgrade security,
and reduce the operation complexity.

The simulation software package includes:

l All the necessary software to be loaded to the NE


l Package description document that specifies the loading attributes of each software

The simulation software package loading has the following features:

l The user loads the software on an NE basis and through a uniform operation interface.
l The status of the NE does not affect the loading.
l A version rollback is supported for an upgrade failure.

Simulation Package Diffusion


When you use the simulation package simulation method, the simulation software package is
diffused and loaded to all NEs on a network. The diffusion protocol running on the NEs ensures
that the loading process is almost synchronous. As a result, package loading is more efficient
and less manual operations are required.

Simulation package diffusion has the following features:

l Level-by-level package diffusion and synchronous package loading on multiple NEs


l Load sharing
l Balanced utilization of network bandwidths

2.15 Hot Patch


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the hot patch technology.

Some equipment requires long-term uninterrupted operation. When a defect is located or a new
requirement needs to be applied to the equipment software, a process of replacing old codes with
new codes should be performed to rectify the defect or realize the new requirement, without any
service interruption. These new codes are referred to as a hot patch.

The hot patch technology has the following features:

l The hot patch solves most of the software problems without affecting services.

2-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 2 Function

l The hot patch effectively decreases the number of software versions and prevents frequent
software version upgrade.
l The hot patch operation does not affect services and can be performed remotely. The hot
patch also provides a rollback function. This helps to avoid upgrade risks.
l The hot patch can be used as an effective method for locating faults, and thus improves the
efficiency of solving problems.

2.16 Inter-Board Alarm Suppression


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the suppression of tributary/data board alarms that are raised as
a result of the alarms on the line board.
When there are cross-connections between a line board and a tributary/data board, many alarms
are raised on the tributary/data board if alarms are raised on the line board. These alarms are all
reported to the T2000. Such a large number of alarms can disturb the troubleshooting and affect
the problem solution efficiency. Therefore, the inter-board alarm suppression function is used
to solve this problem.
If there are services from the line board to the tributary/data board in the same NE, and if higher
order alarms are raised on the line board, relevant lower order alarms on the tributary/data board
are suppressed.
If alarms are relevant to the tributary/data board only (which means the line board at the service
source does not generate higher order alarms), the alarms on the tributary/data board are not
suppressed. In this case, these alarms are reported to the T2000 and are not mistakenly
suppressed.

2.17 PRBS Function


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the pseudo-random binary sequence (PRBS) test function.
The PRBS function is mainly used for network self-test and maintenance. An NE that provides
the PRBS function can work as a simple device used to analyze if a service path is faulty. Such
analysis can be performed for the NE and the entire network. During deployment or
troubleshooting, the PRBS function realizes the test without a real test device.
The PRBS function has the following two types:
l If the PRBS function is used for lower order services, the PRBS module is integrated on a
tributary board.
l If the PRBS function is used for higher order services, the PRBS module is integrated on
a line board or a cross-connect board.
The PRBS function is implemented in the following process:
l For the opposite tributary or line of a path to be tested, the user issues a loopback command
on the T2000.
l On the T2000, the user issues a command to enable the PRBS function for this path.
l The tributary, line, or cross-connect board performs the PRBS function and starts the
statistics.
l The tributary, line, or cross-connect board reports the PRBS test result.
l The user queries the PRBS statistics result.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-19


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
2 Function Product Description

l The user releases the loopback of the path on the opposite tributary or line board.

2.18 Board Version Replacement


The board version replacement function replaces an old version board with a new version board.
After the replacement, the configuration and service status of the new version board are
consistent with the configuration and service status of the old version board.

This function provides a flexible board replacement scheme.

For OptiX OSN 1500, the board version replacement function is supported by the N3SL16,
N3SL16A, R2PD1, N2PQ1, N2PD3, N2PL3, N2PL3A, N2EFS0, N4EFS0, N2EGS2 and
N2EFS4.

For detailed replacement relations of boards that support this function, refer to the OptiX OSN
1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System Troubleshooting.

When using the board version replacement function, note the following points:

l The new board may not support the functions of the original board. Before the replacement,
fully consider the difference of functions of the two boards. For example, if an N2 version
line board is used to replace an N1 version line board, AU-3 services and TCM function
cannot be configured on the N2 version line board.
l The line board to be replaced cannot have an optical-path-shared MSP configured.

2.19 DCC Transparent Transmission Through External


Clock Interfaces
The OptiX OSN 1500 can use external clock interfaces to transparently transmit data
communication channel (DCC) information.

The Q3CXL and R1CXL boards, can provide two 2 Mbit/s external clock interfaces to transmit
DCC information. If this function is enabled, you should connect the external clock interface to
the interface board corresponding to a tributary board, by using a cable. In this case, after DCC
overhead signals enter the Q3CXL/R1CXL board, these signals are further sent, through this
tributary board, into the cross-connect unit of the Q3CXL/R1CXL board. After being bound
with service information, the signals are sent to any optical interface or 2 Mbit/s electrical
interface for transmission. At the receive end, when the optical interface or 2 Mbit/s electrical
interface receives the service that is transmitted in the aforementioned way, the receiving
interface is able to extract DCC information by enabling the same function.

If there is a third-party network between networks composed of Huawei equipment, the T2000
is able to manage a remote Huawei network by using the DCC transparent transmission (through
external clock interfaces) function.

As shown in Figure 2-6, the T2000 is connected to an NE in Huawei network A, and hence is
able to manage Huawei network A. Huawei networks A, B and C are connected to a third-party
network through NE1, NE2 and NE3 respectively. As the third-party network is in between, the
T2000 cannot obtain network management information from Huawei networks B and C. If the
DCC transparent transmission (through external clock interfaces) function is enabled on NE1,
NE2 and NE3, however, the T2000 is able to manage Huawei networks B and C.

2-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 2 Function

NOTE

To enable the DCC transparent transmission (through external clock interfaces) function, the setting is
required on only the NEs that are connected to the third-party network.
l On NE2 and NE3 that are respectively located in Huawei networks B and C, the DCC
information in the overhead bus is sent from the external clock interface to the tributary
board. After cross-connect grooming, the DCC information is sent, together with the
service, through an optical interface (or a 2 Mbit/s electrical interface) for transmission.
l On NE1 in Huawei network A, when the optical interface (or the 2 Mbit/s electrical
interface) receives service data transparently transmitted through the third-party network,
the DCC information is extracted, and is then sent through the tributary board to the external
clock interface. At last, the DCC information returns to the overhead bus.

Figure 2-6 Application of DCC transparent transmission through external clock interfaces
iManager
T2000

External clock interface

Optical interface or 2 Mbit/s


DCC
External clock interface electrical interface
Third-party
network
Optical interface or 2 Mbit/s
1 Huawei
electrical interface
network A
DCC
2
Huawei
network B External clock interface

Optical interface or 2 Mbit/s


3
electrical interface
Huawei
network C

2.20 NSF Function


The non-interrupted service forwarding (NSF) function is supported by the Ethernet boards.
With the NSF function, services are not interrupted during an upgrade of the board software and
network processor (NP) software.
In the NSF mode, the upgrade of the board software and NP software for the N4EFS0 and
N2EFS4 boards can be completed after performing a warm reset of the boards. In this case, the
service interruption time is less than 50 ms, which meets the carrier-class requirements.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-21


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
2 Function Product Description

CAUTION
If the two versions before and after the upgrade have significant differences, the service
interruption during the NSF-mode upgrade cannot be controlled within 50 ms, and this ensures
only a low service interruption time.

2.21 OAM Information Interworking


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports OAM information interworking.
Any of the following methods can be adopted for the OptiX OSN 1500 to transparently transmit
the OAM information of the third-party equipment, or for the third-party equipment to
transparently transmit the OAM information of the OptiX OSN 1500.

l HWECC
l IP over DCC
l OSI over DCC
l DCC transparent transmission through 2 Mbit/s external clock interfaces
NOTE

The external clock of the OptiX OSN 1500A does not provide the 75-ohm interface. Hence, the OptiX
OSN 1500A does not support the DCC transparent transmission through 2 Mbit/s external clock interfaces.

2.22 Clock
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the clock functions.
l SSM clock protocol
l Tributary retiming
l Two 75-ohm/120-ohm external clock output and input
l External clock output shutdown
l Line clock source
l Tributary clock source
l Three working modes are as follows:
– Tracing mode
– Holdover mode
– Free-run mode
l ASON clock tracing

2.23 OAM
The OptiX OSN 1500 provides maintenance and management functions.
The OptiX OSN 1500 are designed according to the customer requirements to facilitate the
operation and maintenance of the equipment. It provides powerful equipment maintenance
capability for customers.

2-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 2 Function

The OptiX OSN 1500 is uniformly managed by the OptiX iManager T2000 transmission network
management system, which can implement monitoring and management over the network
equipment.

2.24 Security Management


The T2000 uses many schemes to manage the security of the OptiX OSN 1500 NE.
l Authentication Management
l Authorization Management
l Network Security Management
l System Security Management
l Log Management

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-23


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

3 Hardware

About This Chapter

3.1 Overview
The OptiX OSN 1500 can be installed in an ETSI cabinet (300 mm or 600 mm deep) or a 19-
inch standard cabinet. It can also be installed against the wall.
3.2 Cabinet
The OptiX OSN 1500 can be installed in an ETSI cabinet (300 mm or 600 mm deep) or a 19-
inch standard cabinet.
3.3 OptiX OSN 1500A Subrack
The subrack of the OptiX OSN 1500A consists of slots and boards that can be configured.
3.4 OptiX OSN 1500B Subrack
The subrack of the OptiX OSN 1500B consists of slots and boards that can be configured.
3.5 Boards
The equipment supports different types of boards.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

3.1 Overview
The OptiX OSN 1500 can be installed in an ETSI cabinet (300 mm or 600 mm deep) or a 19-
inch standard cabinet. It can also be installed against the wall.

3.2 Cabinet
The OptiX OSN 1500 can be installed in an ETSI cabinet (300 mm or 600 mm deep) or a 19-
inch standard cabinet.

Figure 3-1 shows the outer view of an ETSI cabinet.

Figure 3-1 Appearance of an ETSI cabinet

W D

3-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

W D

3.3 OptiX OSN 1500A Subrack


The subrack of the OptiX OSN 1500A consists of slots and boards that can be configured.

3.3.1 Structure
The OptiX OSN 1500A subrack is of a one-layer structure. The subrack consists of the slot area
for boards, power supply area, fan area and fiber routing area.
3.3.2 Slot Allocation
The OptiX OSN 1500A subrack has only one layer, where 12 slots are available before the
division of slots.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

3.3.1 Structure
The OptiX OSN 1500A subrack is of a one-layer structure. The subrack consists of the slot area
for boards, power supply area, fan area and fiber routing area.

Figure 3-2 shows the structure of the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack.

Figure 3-2 Structure of the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack

H
4
6 W
D
5

1. Fan area 2. Processing board area 3. Power supply area


4. Processing board area 5. Fiber routing area 6. Ear bracket

The functions of each subrack area are as follows:

l Slot area for boards: This area is used to house the boards for the OptiX OSN 1500A.
l Fan area: This area is used to house one fan module, which dissipates the heat generated
by the equipment.
l Power supply area: This area is used to house two PIU boards, which are used to supply
power for the equipment.
l Fiber routing area: This area is used to route fibers and cables in the subrack.

3.3.2 Slot Allocation


The OptiX OSN 1500A subrack has only one layer, where 12 slots are available before the
division of slots.

Figure 3-3 shows the slot layout of the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack.

3-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

Figure 3-3 Slot layout of the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack

Slot 1 Slot 11 Slot 6


Slot 12 Slot 7
Slot 20
Slot 13 Slot 8
FAN
Slot 4 CXL Slot 9 EOW
Slot 5 2.5CXL
Gbit/s Slot 10 AUX

Slots 12 and 13 in the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack can be divided into two half-width slots. See
Figure 3-4.

Figure 3-4 Slot layout of the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack after the division of slots

Slot 1 Slot 11 Slot 6

Slot 2 Slot 12 Slot 7


Slot 20
Slot 3 Slot 13 Slot 8
FAN
Slot 4 CXL Slot 9 EOW
Slot 5 2.5CXL
Gbit/s Slot 10 AUX

The slots in the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack are allocated as follows:
l Slots for integrated boards of the line, SCC, cross-connect and timing units: slots 4-5
l Slots for processing boards before the division of slots: slots 6-9 and 12-13
l Slots for processing boards after the division of slots: slots 6-9, 12-13, and 2-3
l Slot for the orderwire board: slot 9 (also for the processing board)
l Slot for the auxiliary interface board: slot 10
l Slots for PIU boards: slots 1 and 11
l Slots for the fan board: slot 20

Mapping Relation Between Slots for Interface Boards and Slots for Processing
Boards
Table 3-1 lists the mapping relation between slots for the interface boards and slots for the
processing boards of the OptiX OSN 1500A.

Table 3-1 Mapping relation between slots for the interface boards and slots for the processing
boards of the OptiX OSN 1500A.
Slots for Processing Boards Slots for Interface Boards

Slot 12 Slots 6 and 7

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

3.4 OptiX OSN 1500B Subrack


The subrack of the OptiX OSN 1500B consists of slots and boards that can be configured.

3.4.1 Structure
The OptiX OSN 1500B subrack is of a two-layer structure. The subrack consists of the slot area
for processing boards, slot area for interface boards, slot area for the auxiliary interface board,
power supply area and fan area.
3.4.2 Slot Allocation
The OptiX OSN 1500B subrack has two layers. The upper layer of the subrack, where four slots
are present, is the slot area for the interface boards and PIU boards. The lower layer of the
subrack, where ten slots are available before the division of slots (including slots 4 and 5), is the
slot area for the processing boards and auxiliary boards.

3.4.1 Structure
The OptiX OSN 1500B subrack is of a two-layer structure. The subrack consists of the slot area
for processing boards, slot area for interface boards, slot area for the auxiliary interface board,
power supply area and fan area.

Figure 3-5 shows the structure of the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack.

Figure 3-5 Structure of the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack

2
3

H
5
7 W
D
6

1. Interface board area 2. Power supply area 3. Fan area 4. Processing board area
5. Processing board area 6. Fiber routing area 7. Ear bracket

3-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

The functions of each subrack area are as follows:


l Slot area for interface boards: This area is used to house the tributary interface boards and
Ethernet interface boards of the OptiX OSN 1500B.
l Slot area for processing boards: This area is used to house the line, tributary and Ethernet
processing boards of the OptiX OSN 1500B.
l Fan area: This area is used to house one fan module, which dissipates the heat generated
by the equipment.
l Slot area for the auxiliary interface board: This area is used to house the auxiliary interface
board, which provides alarm interfaces, orderwire phone interface, management and
maintenance interface, and clock interface.
l Power supply area: This area is used to house two PIU boards, which are used to supply
power for the equipment.
l Fiber routing area: This area is used to route fibers and cables in the subrack.

3.4.2 Slot Allocation


The OptiX OSN 1500B subrack has two layers. The upper layer of the subrack, where four slots
are present, is the slot area for the interface boards and PIU boards. The lower layer of the
subrack, where ten slots are available before the division of slots (including slots 4 and 5), is the
slot area for the processing boards and auxiliary boards.
Figure 3-6 shows the slot layout of the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack.

Figure 3-6 Slot layout of the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack

Slot 14
Slot 18 PIU
Slot 15
Slot 16
Slot 19 PIU
Slot 17

Slot 11 Slot 6
Slot 12 Slot 7
Slot 20
Slot 13 Slot 8
FAN
Slot 4 CXL Slot 9 EOW
2.5 Gbit/
Slot 5 CXL Slot 10 AUX
s

Slots 11-13 in the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack can be divided. As shown in Figure 3-7, the
divided slots are in the dashed area. The slots in the left portion of the original slots are slots
1-3, and the slots in the right portion of the original slots are slots 11-13.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Figure 3-7 Slot layout of the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack (after the division of slots)

Slot 14
Slot 18 PIU
Slot 15
Slot 16
Slot 19 PIU
Slot 17

Slot 1 Slot 11 Slot 6


Slot 2 Slot 12 Slot 7
Slot 20
Slot 3 Slot 13 Slot 8
FAN
Slot 4 CXL Slot 9 EOW
2.5 Gbit/
Slot 5 CXL Slot 10 AUX
s

The slots in the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack are allocated as follows:

l Slots for integrated boards of the line, SCC, cross-connect and timing units: slots 4-5
l Slots for processing boards before the division of slots: slots 6-9 and 11-13
l Slots for processing boards after the division of slots: slots 1-9 and 11-13
l Slots for the interface boards: slots 14-17
l Slot for the orderwire board: slot 9 (also for the processing board)
l Slot for the auxiliary interface board: slot 10
l Slots for PIU boards: slots 18 and 19
l Slot for the fan board: slot 20

Mapping Relation Between Slots for Interface Boards and Slots for Processing
Boards
Table 3-2 lists the mapping relation between slots for the interface boards and slots for the
processing boards of the OptiX OSN 1500B.

Table 3-2 Mapping relation between slots for the interface boards and slots for the processing
boards of the OptiX OSN 1500B.

Slots for Slots for Interface Slots for Slots for Interface
Processing Boards Processing Boards
Boards Boards

Slot 2 Slot 14 Slot 3 Slot 16

Slot 7 Slot 15 Slot 8 Slot 17

Slot 12 Slots 14 and 15 Slot 13 Slots 16 and 17

The corresponding interface boards of the PD3, PL3, SEP, and SPQ4 can be housed only in slots
of even numbers.

3-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

For the OptiX OSN 1500B, the boards housed in slots 12 and 7 share the same interface board
housed in slot 15, and the boards housed in slots 13 and 8 share the same interface board housed
in slot 17. Therefore, when you configure the boards, ensure the following:

l If slot 12 houses the N1EMS4 (used with an interface board) or R1PD1, slot 7 cannot house
any board used with an interface board.
l If slot 13 houses the N1EMS4 (used with an interface board) or R1PD1, slot 8 cannot house
any board used with an interface board.

3.5 Boards
The equipment supports different types of boards.

3.5.1 Board Type


The boards are SDH boards, PDH boards and other boards.
3.5.2 Cross-Connect and System Control Boards
OptiX OSN 1500 supports several cross-connect and system control boards.
3.5.3 SDH Processing Boards
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the SDH processing boards.
3.5.4 PDH Processing Boards
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the PDH processing boards.
3.5.5 DDN Processing Boards
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports DDN processing boards.
3.5.6 Data Processing Boards
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports data processing boards.
3.5.7 WDM Boards
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports WDM boards.
3.5.8 Optical Booster Amplifier Boards
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports several optical amplifier boards.
3.5.9 Auxiliary Boards
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports auxiliary boards.

3.5.1 Board Type


The boards are SDH boards, PDH boards and other boards.

The OptiX OSN 1500 system takes a cross-connect matrix as the kernel and consists of the
following units:

l SDH interface unit


l PDH interface unit
l DDN interface unit
l Ethernet interface unit
l Resilient packet ring unit
l ATM interface unit

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

l SAN interface unit


l WDM unit
l SDH cross-connect matrix unit
l Synchronous timing unit
l SCC unit
l Overhead processing unit
l Auxiliary interface unit
l Power interface unit
l Optical amplifier unit and dispersion compensation unit
Figure 3-8 shows the system architecture of the OptiX OSN 1500. Table 3-3 lists the constituent
boards and functions of each unit.

Figure 3-8 System architecture of the OptiX OSN 1500

SDH/PDH/Ethernet/
ATM/DDN interface
SDH interface

Cross Connect

PDH signal

board
Matrix

STM-N optical Ethernet signal


unit

signal
ATM signal
Interface unit
Synchronous
processing

Auxiliary
timing unit
Overhead

SCC unit
unit

3-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

Table 3-3 Boards for the OptiX OSN 1500


Unit OptiX OSN 1500A OptiX OSN 1500B

SDH Processing board N1SF16, N1SL16, N1SF16, N1SL16, N2SL16,


interface unit N2SL16, N3SL16, N3SL16, N1SL16A,
N1SL16A, N2SL16A, N2SL16A, N3SL16A,
N3SL16A, N1SLQ4, N1SLQ4, N1SLQ4A,
N1SLQ4A, N2SLQ4, N2SLQ4, N1SLD4,
N1SLD4, N1SLD4A, N1SLD4A, N2SLD4,
N2SLD4, N1SL4, N1SL4, N1SL4A, N2SL4,
N1SL4A, N2SL4, N2SLO1, N1SLQ1,
N2SLO1, N1SLQ1, N1SLQ1A, N2SLQ1,
N1SLQ1A, N2SLQ1, N1SL1, N1SL1A, N2SL1,
N1SL1, N1SL1A, N1SEP1, N1SLT1, R1SL4,
N2SL1, N1SEP1, R1SLD4, R1SLQ1, R1SL1
N1SLT1, R1SL4,
R1SLD4, R1SLQ1,
R1SL1

Interface board - N1EU04, N1EU08,


N1OU08, N2OU08

Protection - N1TSB8, N1TSB4


switching board

PDH Processing board R1PD1A, R1PD1B, R1PD1, R2PD1, N1SPQ4,


interface unit R2PD1A, R2PD1B, N2SPQ4, N1PD3, N1PL3,
N1PL3A, R1PL1A, N1PL3A, N1PQ1, N1PQM,
R1PL1B, N2PL3A N2PQ1, R1PL1A, R1PL1B,
N2PQ3, N2PD3, N2PL3,
N2PL3A

Interface board R1L12S, R1L75S N1MU04, N1D34S,


N1C34S, N1D75S,
N1D12S, N1D12B

Protection - N1TSB8, N1TSB4


switching board

DDN Convergence N1DXA N1DX1, N1DXA


interface unit processing board

Interface board - N1DM12

Ethernet Processing board N2EGS2, N1EGT2, N2EGS2, N1EGT2,


interface unit N1EFS4, N2EFS4, N1EFS0, N2EFS0,
R1EFT4, N1EFT8, N4EFS0, N1EFS4,
N1EFT8A, N1EMS4, R1EFT4, N1EFT8,
N1EGS4, N3EGS4 N1EFT8A, N1EMS4,
N1EGS4, N3EGS4

Interface board - N1ETF8, N1EFF8

Protection - N1ETS8, N1TSB8


switching board

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Unit OptiX OSN 1500A OptiX OSN 1500B

RPR unit Processing board N2EMR0, N2EGR2 N2EMR0, N2EGR2

Interface board - N1ETF8, N1EFF8

ATM interface unit N1ADL4, N1ADQ1, N1ADL4, N1ADQ1,


N1IDL4, N1IDQ1 N1IDL4, N1IDQ1

SAN interface unit N1MST4 N1MST4

WDM unit N1MR2A, N1MR2B, N1MR2A, N1MR2B,


TN11MR2, TN11MR4, N1MR2C (seated in slots for
TN11CMR2, interface boards),
TN11CMR4 TN11OBU1, TN11MR2,
TN11MR4, TN11CMR2,
TN11CMR4

N1LWX N1LWX

Remote optical pumping unit N1FIB, ROP N1FIB, ROP

Unit that integrates the SCC, line, Q2CXL1, Q3CXL1, Q2CXL1, Q3CXL1,
cross-connect and clock units Q2CXL4, Q3CXL4, Q2CXL4, Q3CXL4,
Q2CXL16, Q3CXL16, Q2CXL16, Q3CXL16,
R1CXLL1, R1CXLD1, R1CXLL1, R1CXLD1,
R1CXLQ1, R1CXLL4, R1CXLQ1, R1CXLL4,
R1CXLD4, R1CXLQ4, R1CXLD4, R1CXLQ4,
R1CXLL16 R1CXLL16

Power interface unit R1PIUA R1PIU

UPM (Uninterrupted UPM


Power Module)

Auxiliary interface unit AUX AUX

Orderwire unit EOW, AMU EOW, AMU

Fan unit R1FAN R1FAN

Optical booster amplifier unit 61COA, 62COA, N1COA 61COA, 62COA, N1COA

N1BPA, N2BPA N1BPA, N2BPA

N1BA2 N1BA2

TN11OBU1 TN11OBU1

3.5.2 Cross-Connect and System Control Boards


OptiX OSN 1500 supports several cross-connect and system control boards.
Table 3-4 lists the CXL series boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A.

3-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

Table 3-4 CXL series boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A
Board Full Name Valid Slots

Q2CXL16, 1 x STM-16 integrated board of Slots 4 and 5


Q3CXL16 the SCC, cross-connect, timing
and line units

R1CXLL16 1 x STM-16 integrated board of Slots 4 and 5


the SCC, cross-connect, timing
and line units

Q2CXL4, Q3CXL4 1 x STM-4 integrated board of the Slots 4 and 5


SCC, cross-connect, timing and
line units

R1CXLL4 1 x STM-4 integrated board of the Slots 4 and 5


SCC, cross-connect, timing and
line units

R1CXLD4 2 x STM-4 integrated board of the Slots 4 and 5


SCC, cross-connect, timing and
line units

R1CXLQ4 4 x STM-4 integrated board of the Slots 4 and 5


SCC, cross-connect, timing and
line units

Q2CXL1, Q3CXL1 1 x STM-1 integrated board of the Slots 4 and 5


SCC, cross-connect, timing and
line units

R1CXLL1 1 x STM-1 integrated board of the Slots 4 and 5


SCC, cross-connect, timing and
line units

R1CXLD1 2 x STM-1 integrated board of the Slots 4 and 5


SCC, cross-connect, timing and
line units

R1CXLQ1 4 x STM-1 integrated board of the Slots 4 and 5


SCC, cross-connect, timing and
line units
NOTE
a: The CXL is a board that integrates the SCC, cross-connect, timing, and line units for the OptiX OSN
1500A. It is one physical board and can be housed in slot 4 or slot 5 on the subrack. On the T2000, the Q2/
Q3CXL is displayed as ECXL, GSCC and SL1/SL4/SL16, and the R1CXL is displayed as RCXL, GSCC
and SLN/SLD41/SLQ41, seated in the logical slots 80-81, 82-83 and 4-5.

Table 3-5 lists the CXL series boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Table 3-5 CXL series boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B
Board Full Name Valid Slots

Q2CXL16, 1 x STM-16 integrated board of the SCC, Slots 4 and 5


Q3CXL16 cross-connect, timing and line units

R1CXLL16 1 x STM-16 integrated board of the SCC, Slots 4 and 5


cross-connect, timing and line units

Q2CXL4, 1 x STM-4 integrated board of the SCC, cross- Slots 4 and 5


Q3CXL4 connect, timing and line units

R1CXLL4 1 x STM-4 integrated board of the SCC, cross- Slots 4 and 5


connect, timing and line units

R1CXLD4 2 x STM-4 integrated board of the SCC, cross- Slots 4 and 5


connect, timing and line units

R1CXLQ4 4 x STM-4 integrated board of the SCC, cross- Slots 4 and 5


connect, timing and line units

Q2CXL1, 1 x STM-1 integrated board of the SCC, cross- Slots 4 and 5


Q3CXL1 connect, timing and line units

R1CXLL1 1 x STM-1 integrated board of the SCC, cross- Slots 4 and 5


connect, timing and line units

R1CXLD1 2 x STM-1 integrated board of the SCC, cross- Slots 4 and 5


connect, timing and line units

R1CXLQ1 4 x STM-1 integrated board of the SCC, cross- Slots 4 and 5


connect, timing and line units
NOTE
a: The CXL is a board that integrates the SCC, cross-connect, timing, and line units for the OptiX OSN
1500B. It is one physical board and can be housed in slot 4 or slot 5 on the subrack. On the T2000, the Q2/
Q3CXL is displayed as ECXL, GSCC and SL1/SL4/SL16, and the R1CXL is displayed as RCXL, GSCC
and SLN/SLD41/SLQ41, seated in the logical slots 80-81, 82-83 and 4-5.

3.5.3 SDH Processing Boards


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the SDH processing boards.

Valid Slots
Table 3-6 lists the SDH processing boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A.

3-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

Table 3-6 SDH processing boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A
Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1SL16, N2SL16, 1 x STM-16 optical interface Valid slots when the cross-
N3SL16 board connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s:
slots 12 and 13
If the cross-connect capacity is
15 Gbit/s, these slots are
unavailable.

N1SL16A, 1 x STM-16 optical interface Valid slots when the cross-


N2SL16A, board connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s:
N3SL16A slots 12 and 13.
If the cross-connect capacity is
15 Gbit/s, these slots are
unavailable.

N1SF16 1 x STM-16 optical interface Valid slots when the cross-


board (with FEC) connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s:
slots 12 and 13
If the cross-connect capacity is
15 Gbit/s, these slots are
unavailable.

N1SLQ4, N2SLQ4, 4 x STM-4 optical interface board Valid slots when the cross-
N1SLQ4A connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s:
slots 12 and 13
If the cross-connect capacity is
15 Gbit/s, these slots are
unavailable.

N1SLD4, 2 x STM-4 optical interface board Slots 12 and 13


N1SLD4A,
N2SLD4

R1SLD4 2 x STM-4 optical interface board Valid slots when the cross-
(half-width) connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s:
slots 2-3, 6-9, and 12-13
Valid slots when the cross-
connect capacity is 15 Gbit/s:
slots 12-13

N1SL4, N1SL4A, 1 x STM-4 optical interface board Slots 12 and 13


N2SL4

R1SL4 1 x STM-4 optical interface board Valid slots when the cross-
(half-width) connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slot
2-3, 6-9, 12-13
Valid slots when the cross-
connect capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot
2, 6-8, 12-13

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1SLT1 12 x STM-1 optical interface Valid slots when the cross-


board connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s:
slots 12 and 13
If the cross-connect capacity is
15 Gbit/s, these slots are
unavailable.

N2SLO1 8 x STM-1 optical interface board Slots 12 and 13

N1SLQ1, 4 x STM-1 optical interface board Slots 12 and 13


N1SLQ1A,
N2SLQ1

R1SLQ1 4 x STM-1 optical interface board Valid slots when the cross-
(half-width) connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slot
2-3, 6-9, 12-13
Valid slots when the cross-
connect capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot
2, 6-8, 12-13

N1SL1, N1SL1A, 1 x STM-1 optical interface board Slots 12 and 13


N2SL1

R1SL1 1 x STM-1 optical interface board Valid slots when the cross-
(half-width) connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slot
2-3, 6-9, 12-13
Valid slots when the cross-
connect capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot
2, 6-8, 12-13

N1SEP1 2 x STM-1 line processing board Slots 12 and 13

Table 3-7 lists the SDH processing boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B.

Table 3-7 SDH processing boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1SL16, N2SL16, 1 x STM-16 optical interface Valid slots if the cross-connect


N3SL16 board capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
If the cross-connect capacity is
15 Gbit/s, these slots are
unavailable.

N1SL16A, 1 x STM-16 optical interface Valid slots if the cross-connect


N2SL16A, board capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
N3SL16A If the cross-connect capacity is
15 Gbit/s, these slots are
unavailable.

3-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1SF16 1 x STM-16 outband optical Valid slots if the cross-connect


interface board (with FEC) capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
If the cross-connect capacity is
15 Gbit/s, these slots are
unavailable.

N1SLQ4, 4 x STM-4 optical interface board Valid slots if the cross-connect


N1SLQ4A, capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
N2SLQ4 If the cross-connect capacity is
15 Gbit/s, these slots are
unavailable.

N1SLD4, 2 x STM-4 optical interface board Valid slots if the cross-connect


N2SLD4A, capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
N2SLD4 Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 12-13

N1SL4, N1SL4A, 1 x STM-4 optical interface board Slots 11-13


N2SL4

R1SLD4 2 x STM-4 optical interface board Valid slots if the cross-connect


(half-width) capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 1-3,
11-13 (up to two optical
interfaces can be configured),
slots 6-9 (one optical interfaces
can be configured).
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot 11 (one
optical interfaces can be
configured), slots 12-13 (up to
two optical interfaces can be
configured).

R1SL4 1 x STM-4 optical interface board Valid slots if the cross-connect


(half-width) capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 1-3,
6-9, 11-13
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 6-8,
11-13

N1SLT1 12 x STM-1 optical interface Valid slots if the cross-connect


board capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
If the cross-connect capacity is
15 Gbit/s, these slots are
unavailable.

N2SLO1 8 x AU-3 high density access Valid slots if the cross-connect


board capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 12-13

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-17


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1SLQ1, 4 x STM-1 optical interface board Slots 11-13


N1SLQ1A,
N2SLQ1

N1SL1, N1SL1A, 1 x STM-1 optical interface board Slots 11-13


N2SL1

R1SLQ1 4 x STM-1 optical interface board Valid slots if the cross-connect


(half-width) capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 1-3,
6-9, 11-13
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 6-8,
11-13

R1SL1 1 x STM-1 optical interface board Valid slots if the cross-connect


(half-width) capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 1-3,
6-9, 11-13
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 6-8,
11-13

N1SEP (used with 8 x STM-1 (e) processing board Slots 12-13


the interface board)a

N1SEP1 (not used 2 x STM-1 (e) processing board Slots 11-13


with the interface
board)a

N1EU08 8 x STM-1 (e) electrical interface Slots 14 and 16


board

N1OU08 8 x STM-1 optical interface board Slots 14 and 16

N2OU08 8 x STM-1 optical interface board Slots 14 and 16

N1EU04 4 x STM-1 (e) electrical interface Slots 14 and 16


board

a: The SEP1 board is displayed as the SEP1 or SEP on the T2000, depending on the interfacing
mode of the board. When the SEP1 provides interfaces on the front panel, it is displayed as
the SEP1 on the T2000. When the SEP1 is used with an interface board, it is displayed as the
SEP on the T2000.

Interface
Table 3-8 lists the SDH processing boards of the OptiX OSN 1500.

3-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

Table 3-8 SDH processing boards


Board Interfacing Mode Interface Type Connector

N1SL16, Interfaces available L-16.2, L-16.2Je, V-16.2Je, U-16.2Je LC


N2SL16, on the front panel
N3SL16

N1SL16A, Interfaces available I-16, S-16.1, L-16.1, L-16.2 LC


N2SL16A, on the front panel
N3SL16A

N1SF16 Interfaces available Ue-16.2c, Ue-16.2d, Ue-16.2f LC


on the front panel

N1SLQ4, Interfaces available I-4, S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2, Ve-4.2 LC


N1SLQ4A, on the front panel
N2SLQ4

N1SLD4, Interfaces available I-4, S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2, Ve-4.2 LC


N1SLD4A, on the front panel
N2SLD4

N1SL4, Interfaces available I-4, S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2, Ve-4.2 LC


N1SL4A, on the front panel
N2SL4

N1SLT1 Interfaces available S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2 LC


on the front panel

N1SLQ1, Interfaces available I-1, Ie-1, S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2, Ve-1.2 LC


N1SLQ1A on the front panel

N2SLQ1 Interfaces available I-1, S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2, Ve-1.2 LC


on the front panel

N1SL1, Interfaces available I-1, S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2, Ve-1.2 LC


N1SL1A, on the front panel
N2SL1

R1SLD4 Interfaces available I-4, S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2, Ve-4.2 LC


on the front panel

R1SL4 Interfaces available I-4, S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2, Ve-4.2 LC


on the front panel

R1SLQ1 Interfaces available I-1, Ie-1, S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2, Ve-1.2 LC


on the front panel

R1SL1 Interfaces available I-1, S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2, Ve-1.2 LC


on the front panel

N1SEP1a Interfaces available 75-ohm E4/STM-1 electrical interface SMB


on the front panel

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-19


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Board Interfacing Mode Interface Type Connector

N1SEPa Interfaces available 75-ohm STM-1 electrical interface SMB


on the 4 x STM-1 line
processing board
N1EU04

Interfaces available I-1, Ie-1, S-1.1 LC


on the 8 x STM-1 line
processing board
N1OU08

Interfaces available I-1, Ie-1, S-1.1 SC


on the 8 x STM-1 line
processing board
N2OU08

Interfaces available 75-ohm STM-1 electrical interface SMB


on the 8 x STM-1 line
processing board
N1EU08

N2SLO1 Interfaces available I-1.1, S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2, Ve-1.2 LC


on the front panel

Q2CXL16, Interfaces available I-16, S-16.1, L-16.1, L-16.2 LC


Q3CXL16, on the front panel
R1CXLL16b

Q2CXL4, Interfaces available I-4, S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2, Ve-4.2 LC


Q3CXL4, on the front panel
R1CXLL4,
R1CXLD4,
R1CXLQ4b

Q2CXL1, Interfaces available I-1, S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2, Ve-1.2 LC


Q3CXL1, on the front panel
R1CXLL1,
R1CXLD1,
R1CXLQ1b

a: The N1SEP1 and N1SEP are boards of the same type. If they are used with the interface
board, they are displayed as "N1SEP" on the T2000. If the interfaces on their front panels are
used, they are displayed as "N1SEP1" on the T2000.
b: The CXL is a board that integrates the line, SCC, cross-connect, and timing units for the
OptiX OSN 1500. It can be seated in slot 4 and slot 5. On the T2000, the CXL board is
displayed as three board types: ECXL/RCXL, GSCC and SLN/SLD41/SLQ41, seated in the
logical slots 80-81, 82-83 and 4-5.

3.5.4 PDH Processing Boards


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the PDH processing boards.

3-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

Valid Slots
Table 3-9 lists the PDH processing boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A.

Table 3-9 PDH processing boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1PL3A (not used 3 x E3/T3 processing board Slots 12 and 13


with the interface
board)

N2PL3A (not used 3 x E3/T3 processing board Slots 12 and 13


with the interface
board)

R1PD1(A/B) 32 x E1 75-ohm/120-ohm Slots 2 and 12


processing board (half-width)

R2PD1(A/B) 32 x E1 75-ohm/120-ohm Slots 2 and 12


processing board (half-width )

R1PL1(A/B) 16 x E1 75-ohm/120-ohm Valid slots when the cross-


processing board (half-width) connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slot
6-9
Valid slots when the cross-
connect capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot
6-8

R1L75S 16 x EI 75-ohm interface board Slots 6 and 7


(half-width)

R1L12S 16 x E1 120-ohm interface board Slots 6 and 7


(half-width)

Table 3-10 lists the PDH processing boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B.

Table 3-10 PDH processing boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1SPQ4 4 x E4/STM-1 processing board Slots 12 and 13

N2SPQ4 (used with 4 x E4/STM-1 processing board Slots 12 and 13


the interface board)

R1PL1(A/B) 16 x E1 75-ohm/120-ohm Slots 6-9


(interfaces available interface and processing board
on the front panel)

N2PQ3 12 x E3/T3 processing board Slots 12 and 13

N1PD3 6 x E3/T3 processing board Slots 12 and 13

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-21


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N2PD3 6 x E3/T3 processing board Slots 12 and 13

N2PL3 3 x E3/T3 processing board Slots 12 and 13

N1PL3A (not used 3 x E3/T3 processing board Slots 11-13


with the interface
board)

N2PL3A (not used 3 x E3/T3 processing board Slots 11-13


with the interface
board)

N1PL3 3 x E3/T3 processing board Slots 12 and 13

N1PQ1(A/B) 63 x E1 75-ohm/120-ohm Slots 11-13


processing board

N2PQ1(A/B) 63 x E1 75-ohm/120-ohm Slots 11-13


processing board

R1PD1(A/B) 32 x E1 75-ohm/120-ohm Valid slots if the cross-connect


processing board (half-width) capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 1-3,
6-8, 11-13
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 6-8,
11-13

R2PD1(A/B) 32 x E1 75-ohm/120-ohm Valid slots if the cross-connect


processing board (half-width) capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 1-3,
6-8, 11-13
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 6-8,
11-13

N1PQM 63 x E1/T1 processing board Slots 11-13

N1MU04 4 x E4/STM-1 interface board Slots 14 and 16

N1C34S 3 x 34M/45M electrical interface Slots 14 and 16


switching board

N1D34S 6 x 34M/45M electrical interface Slots 14-17


switching board

N1D75S 32 x E1 75-ohm electrical Slots 14-17


interface switching board

N1D12S 32 x E1/T1 120-ohm electrical Slots 14-17


interface switching board

N1D12B 32 x E1/T1 120-ohm electrical Slots 14-17


interface board

N1TSB8 8-channel electrical interface Slots 14 and 15


switching board

3-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1TSB4 4-channel electrical interface Slot 14


switching board

Interface
Table 3-11 lists the PDH processing boards and the valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A. Table
3-12 lists the PDH processing boards and the valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500B.

Table 3-11 PDH processing boards (OptiX OSN 1500A)


Board Interfacing Mode Interface Type Connector

N1PL3A Interfaces available on the 75-ohm E3/T3 electrical SMB


front panel interface

N2PL3A Interfaces available on the 75-ohm E3/T3 electrical SMB


front panel interface

R1PD1A Interfaces available on the 75-ohm E1 electrical interface DB44


16 x electrical interface
switching board R1L75S

R1PD1B Interfaces available on the 120-ohm E1 electrical interface DB44


16 x electrical interface
switching board R1L12S

R2PD1A Interfaces available on the 75-ohm E1 electrical interface DB44


16 x electrical interface
switching board R1L75S

R2PD1B Interfaces available on the 120-ohm E1 electrical interface DB44


16 x electrical interface
switching board R1L12S

R1PL1 Interfaces available on the 2mmHM 2mmHM


front panel

Table 3-12 PDH processing boards (OptiX OSN 1500B)


Board Interfacing Mode Interface Type Connector

N1SPQ4 Interfaces available on the 4 75-ohm E4/STM-1 electrical SMB


x electrical interface board interface
N1MU04

N2SPQ4 Interfaces available on the 4 75-ohm E4/STM-1 electrical SMB


x electrical interface board interface
N1MU04

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-23


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Board Interfacing Mode Interface Type Connector

N1PD3 Interfaces available on the 6 75-ohm E3/T3 electrical SMB


x electrical interface interface
switching board N1D34S

N1PL3 Interfaces available on the 3 75-ohm E3/T3 electrical SMB


x electrical interface interface
switching board N1C34S

N1PL3A Interfaces available on the 75-ohm E3/T3 electrical SMB


front panel interface

N2PQ3 Interfaces available on the 6 75-ohm E3/T3 electrical SMB


x electrical interface interface
switching board N1D34S

N2PD3 Interfaces available on the 6 75-ohm E3/T3 electrical SMB


x electrical interface interface
switching board N1D34S

N2PL3 Interfaces available on the 3 75-ohm E3/T3 electrical SMB


x electrical interface interface
switching board N1C34S

N2PL3A Interfaces available on the 75-ohm E3/T3 electrical SMB


front panel interface

N1PQ1A Interfaces available on the 75-ohm E1 interface DB44


32-channel electrical
interface switching board
N1D75S

N1PQ1B Interfaces available on the 120-ohm E1 interface DB44


32-channel electrical
interface switching board
N1D12S

N2PQ1A Interfaces available on the 75-ohm E1 interface DB44


32-channel electrical
interface switching board
N1D75S

N2PQ1B Interfaces available on the 120-ohm E1 interface DB44


32-channel electrical
interface switching board
N1D12S

N1PQM Interfaces available on the 120-ohm E1 interface, 100-ohm DB44


32-channel electrical T1 interface
interface switching board
N1D12S

3-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

Board Interfacing Mode Interface Type Connector

R1PD1A Interfaces available on the 75-ohm E1 interface DB44


32-channel electrical
interface switching board
N1D75S

R1PD1B Interfaces available on the 120-ohm E1 interface DB44


32-channel electrical
interface switching board
N1D12S

R2PD1A Interfaces available on the 75-ohm E1 interface DB44


32-channel electrical
interface switching board
N1D75S

R2PD1B Interfaces available on the 120-ohm E1 interface DB44


32-channel electrical
interface switching board
N1D12S

R1PL1 Interfaces available on the 2mmHM 2mmHM


front panel

3.5.5 DDN Processing Boards


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports DDN processing boards.

Valid Slots
Table 3-13 lists the DDN processing boards and their valid slots.

Table 3-13 DDN processing boards and their valid slots

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1DX1 N x 64 kbit/s Only be used on the OptiX OSN 1500B: slots


convergence board 11-13

N1DXA N x 64 kbit/s OptiX OSN 1500A: slots 12 and 13


convergence board OptiX OSN 1500B: slots 11-13

N1DM12 N x 64 kbit/s interface Only be used on the OptiX OSN 1500B: slots
board 14-17

Interface
Table 3-14 lists the DDN processing boards.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-25


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Table 3-14 DDN processing boards


Board Full Name Interfacing Mode Interface Type Connector

N1DX1 N x 64 kbit/s Interfaces available RS449, EIA530, DB28,


service access on the N x 64 kbit/s EIA530-A, V.35, V. DB44
and convergence interface board 24, X.21, Framed E1
board N1DM12

N1DXA N x 64 kbit/s None None None


service
convergence
board

3.5.6 Data Processing Boards


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports data processing boards.

Valid Slots
Table 3-15 lists the data processing boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A.

Table 3-15 Data processing boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A
Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1EMS4 4 x GE Ethernet processing board Valid slots when the cross-


with Lanswitch connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slot
12-13 (2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots when the cross-
connect capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot
12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N2EGS2 2 x GE Ethernet processing board Valid slots when the cross-


with Lanswitch connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slot
12-13 (2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots when the cross-
connect capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot
12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N1EGS4 4 x GE Ethernet processing board Valid slots when the cross-


with Lanswitch connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slot
12-13 (2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots when the cross-
connect capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot
12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

3-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N3EGS4 4 x GE Ethernet processing board Valid slots when the cross-


with Lanswitch connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slot
12-13 (2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots when the cross-
connect capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot
12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N1EGT2 2 x GE Ethernet transparent Valid slots when the cross-


transmission board connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slot
12-13 (2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots when the cross-
connect capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot
12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N1EFS4 4 x FE Ethernet processing board Slots 12 and 13


with Lanswitch

N2EFS4 4 x FE Ethernet processing board Slots 12 and 13 (1.25 Gbit/s)


with Lanswitch

R1EFT4 4 x FE Ethernet transparent Valid slots when the cross-


transmission board (half-width) connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slot
2-3, 6-9 and 12-13 (622 Mbit/s)
Valid slots when the cross-
connect capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot
2, 6-8 and 12-13 (622 Mbit/s)

N1EFT8 (not used 8 x FE Ethernet transparent Slots 12-13 (622 Mbit/s)


with the interface transmission board
board)

N1EFT8A 8 x FE transparent transmission Slots 12 and 13 (622 Mbit/s)


board (interfaces are available on
the front panel)

N2EGR2 2 x GE Ethernet ring processing Valid slots when the cross-


board connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slot
12-13 (2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots when the cross-
connect capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot
12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N2EMR0 (not used 1 x GE and 4 x FE Ethernet Valid slots when the cross-
with the interface processing board connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slot
board) 12-13 (2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots when the cross-
connect capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot
12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N1ADL4 1 x STM-4 ATM processing Slots 12 and 13 (1.25 Gbit/s)


board

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-27


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1ADQ1 4 x STM-1 ATM processing Slots 12 and 13 (1.25 Gbit/s)


board

N1IDL4 1 x STM-4 IMA processing board Slots 12 and 13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N1IDQ1 4 x STM-1 IMA processing board Slots 12 and 13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N1MST4 4-channel multiservice (SAN or Valid slots when the cross-


video service) transparent connect capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slot
transmission board 12-13 (2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots when the cross-
connect capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot
12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

Table 3-16 lists the data processing boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B.

Table 3-16 Data processing boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B
Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1EMS4 (used with 4 x GE and 16 x FE Ethernet Valid slots if the cross-connect


the interface board) processing board with Lanswitch capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 12-13
(2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 12-13
(1.25 Gbit/s)

N1EMS4 (not used 4 x GE Ethernet processing board Valid slots if the cross-connect
with the interface with Lanswitch capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
board) (2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot 11 (622
Mbit/s), slots 12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N1EGS4 4 x GE Ethernet processing board Valid slots if the cross-connect


with Lanswitch capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
(2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot 11 (622
Mbit/s), slots 12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N3EGS4 4 x GE Ethernet processing board Valid slots if the cross-connect


with Lanswitch capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
(2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot 11 (622
Mbit/s), slots 12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

3-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N2EGS2 2 x GE Ethernet processing board Valid slots if the cross-connect


with Lanswitch capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
(2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 11
(622 Mbit/s), 12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N1EGT2 2 x GE Ethernet transparent Valid slots if the cross-connect


transmission board capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
(2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 11
(622 Mbit/s), 12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N1EFS4 4 x FE Ethernet processing board Slots 11-13


with Lanswitch

N2EFS4 4 x FE Ethernet processing board Valid slots if the cross-connect


with Lanswitch capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
(1.25 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot 11 (622
Mbit/s), slots 12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N1EFS0 (used with 8 x FE Ethernet processing board Slots 12-13 (622 Mbit/s)
the interface board) with Lanswitch

N2EFS0 (used with 8 x FE Ethernet processing board Slots 12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)
the interface board) with Lanswitch

N4EFS0 (used with 8 x FE Ethernet processing board Valid slots if the cross-connect
the interface board) with Lanswitch capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
(1.25 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot 11 (622
Mbit/s), slots 12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N1EFT8 (not used 8 x 10M/100M Ethernet Slots 11-13 (622 Mbit/s)


with the interface transparent transmission board
board)

N1EFT8 (used with 16 x 10M/100M Ethernet Slots 12 and 13 (1.25 Gbit/s)


the interface board) transparent transmission board

N1EFT8A 8 x FE transparent transmission Slots 11-13 (622 Mbit/s)


(interfaces available board
on the front panel)

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-29


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N2EGR2 2 x GE Ethernet ring processing Valid slots if the cross-connect


board capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
(2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot 11 (622
Mbit/s), slot 12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N2EMR0 (used with 1 x GE and 12 x FE Ethernet Valid slots if the cross-connect


the interface board) processing board capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 12-13
(2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot 12-13
(1.25 Gbit/s)

N2EMR0 (not used 1 x GE and 4 x FE Ethernet Valid slots if the cross-connect


with the interface processing board capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
board) (2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slot 11 (622
Mbit/s), slots 12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

R1EFT4 (interfaces 4 x FE processing board Valid slots if the cross-connect


available on the front capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 1-3,
panel) 6-9, 11-13 (622 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 6-8,
11-13 (622 Gbit/s)

N1EFF8 8-channel Ethernet optical Slots 14-17


interface board

N1ETS8 8 x 10/100M Ethernet twisted pair Slots 14 and 16


interface switching board

N1MST4 4-channel multiservice Valid slots if the cross-connect


transparent transmission board capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
(2.5 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 11
(622 Mbit/s), 12-13 (1.25 Gbit/s)

N1ADQ1 4 x STM-1 ATM processing board Valid slots if the cross-connect


capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
(1.25 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
(1.25 Gbit/s)

3-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1ADL4 1 x STM-4 ATM processing board Valid slots if the cross-connect


capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
(1.25 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
(1.25 Gbit/s)

N1IDQ1 4 x STM-1 IMA processing board Valid slots if the cross-connect


capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
(1.25 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 12-13
(1.25 Gbit/s)

N1IDL4 1 x STM-4 IMA processing board Valid slots if the cross-connect


capacity is 20 Gbit/s: slots 11-13
(1.25 Gbit/s)
Valid slots if the cross-connect
capacity is 15 Gbit/s: slots 12-13
(1.25 Gbit/s)

N1ETF8 8 x FE Ethernet electrical interface Slots 14-17


board

N1EFF8 8-channel Ethernet optical Slots 14-17


interface board

N1ETS8 8 x 10/100M Ethernet twisted pair Slots 14 and 16


interface switching board

Interface
Table 3-17 lists the Ethernet and ATM data processing boards of the OptiX OSN 1500A and
their interfaces. Table 3-18 lists the Ethernet and ATM data processing boards of the OptiX
OSN 1500B and their interfaces.

Table 3-17 Data processing boards and their interfaces (OptiX OSN 1500A)
Board Interfacing Mode Interface Type Connector

N2EGS2 Interfaces available on the 1000BASE-SX/LX/ZX LC


front panel

N1EFS4 Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX RJ-45


front panel

N2EFS4 Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX RJ-45


front panel

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-31


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Board Interfacing Mode Interface Type Connector

N1EGT2 Interfaces available on the 1000BASE-SX/LX/VX/ LC


front panel ZX

N1EFT8 Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX RJ-45


front panel

N1EFT8A Interfaces available on the 10/100Base-TX RJ-45


front panel

R1EFT4 Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX RJ-45


front panel

N1EMS4 Interfaces available on the 1000Base-SX/LX/ZX LC


front panel

N1EGS4 Interfaces available on the 1000Base-SX/LX/ZX/ LC


front panel VX

N3EGS4 Interfaces available on the 1000Base-SX/LX/ZX/ LC


front panel VX

N2EMR0 Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX, RJ-45, LC


front panel 100BASE-FX,
1000BASE-SX/LX/ZX

N2EGR2 Interfaces available on the 1000BASE-SX/LX/ZX LC


front panel

N1ADL4 Interfaces available on the S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2, LC


front panel Ve-4.2

N1ADQ1 Interfaces available on the Ie-1, S-1.1, L-1.1, I-1.2, LC


front panel Ve-1.2

N1IDL4 Interfaces available on the S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2, LC


front panel Ve-4.2

N1IDQ1 Interfaces available on the Ie-1, S-1.1, L-1.1, I-1.2, LC


front panel Ve-1.2

N1MST4 Interfaces available on the X3.296/(DVB-ASI) -


front panel EN50083-9, 200-M5-SN-
I, 200-SM-LC-I

Table 3-18 Data processing boards and their interfaces (OptiX OSN 1500B)
Board Interfacing Mode Interface Type Connector

N2EGS2 Interfaces available on the 1000BASE-SX/LX/ZX LC


front panel

3-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

Board Interfacing Mode Interface Type Connector

N1EFS0 Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX RJ-45


N1ETF8 (8 x 10/100 Mbit/s
Ethernet twisted pair
interface board)

Interfaces available on the 100BASE-FX LC


N1EFF8 (8 x 10/100 Mbit/s
Ethernet optical interface
board)

N2EFS0 Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX RJ-45


N1ETF8 (8 x 10/100 Mbit/s
Ethernet twisted pair
interface board)

Interfaces available on the 100BASE-FX LC


N1EFF8 (8 x 10/100 Mbit/s
Ethernet optical interface
board)

N4EFS0 Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX RJ-45


N1ETF8 (8 x 10/100 Mbit/s
Ethernet twisted pair
interface board)

Interfaces available on the 100BASE-FX LC


N1EFF8 (8 x 10/100 Mbit/s
Ethernet optical interface
board)

N1EFS4 Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX RJ-45


front panel

N2EFS4 Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX RJ-45


front panel

N1EGT2 Interfaces available on the 1000BASE-SX/LX/VX/ LC


front panel ZX

N1EFT8 Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX RJ-45


front panel

Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX RJ-45


N1ETF8 (8 x 10/100 Mbit/s
Ethernet twisted pair
interface board)

Interfaces available on the 100BASE-FX LC


N1EFF8 (8 x 10/100 Mbit/s
Ethernet optical interface
board)

N1EFT8A Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX RJ-45


front panel

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-33


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Board Interfacing Mode Interface Type Connector

N2EMR0 Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX RJ-45


N1ETF8 (8 x 10/100 Mbit/s
Ethernet twisted pair
interface board)

Interfaces available on the 100BASE-FX LC


N1EFF8 (8 x 10/100 Mbit/s
Ethernet optical interface
board)

Interfaces available on the 1000BASE-SX/LX/ZX LC


front panel

N2EGR2 Interfaces available on the 1000BASE-SX/LX/ZX LC


front panel

N1EMS4 Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX RJ-45


N1ETF8 (8 x 10/100 Mbit/s
Ethernet twisted pair
interface board)

Interfaces available on the 100BASE-FX LC


N1EFF8 (8 x 10/100 Mbit/s
Ethernet optical interface
board)

Interfaces available on the 1000BASE-SX/LX/ZX LC


front panel

N1EGS4 Interfaces available on the 1000BASE-SX/LX/ZX LC


front panel

N3EGS4 Interfaces available on the 1000BASE-SX/LX/ZX LC


front panel

N1ADL4 Interfaces available on the S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2, LC


front panel Ve-4.2

N1ADQ1 Interfaces available on the Ie-1, S-1.1, L-1.1, I-1.2, LC


front panel Ve-1.2

N1IDL4 Interfaces available on the S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2, LC


front panel Ve-4.2

N1IDQ1 Interfaces available on the Ie-1, S-1.1, L-1.1, I-1.2, LC


front panel Ve-1.2

N1MST4 Interfaces available on the X3.296/(DVB-ASI) LC


front panel EN50083-9, 200-M5-SN-
I, 200-SM-LC-I

R1EFT4 Interfaces available on the 10/100BASE-TX RJ-45


front panel

3-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

3.5.7 WDM Boards


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports WDM boards.

Valid Slots
Table 3-19 lists the WDM boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A.

Table 3-19 WDM boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1LWX Arbitrary rate access board Slots 12 and 13

N1FIB Filter isolating board Slots 12 and 13

TN11OBU1 Optical booster amplifier board Slots 12 and 13

N1MR2A Arbitrary two-wavelength add/ Slots 12 and 13


drop board (processing board)

N1MR2B Arbitrary two-wavelength add/ slot 2-3, 6-9 and 12-13 (622 Mbit/
drop board (half-width) s)

TN11MR2 2-channel optical add/drop Slots 12 and 13


multiplexing board

TN11MR4 4-channel optical add/drop Slots 12 and 13


multiplexing board

TN11CMR2 2-channel CWDM optical add/ Slots 12 and 13


drop multiplexing board

TN11CMR4 4-channel CWDM optical add/ Slots 12 and 13


drop multiplexing board

Table 3-20 lists the WDM boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B.

Table 3-20 WDM boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1LWX Arbitrary rate access board Slots 11-13

N1FIB Filter isolating board Slots 12 and 13

N1MR2A Arbitrary two-wavelength add/ Slots 11-13


drop board

N1MR2B Arbitrary two-wavelength add/ Slots 1-3, 6-9 and 11-13


drop board (half-width)

N1MR2C Arbitrary two-wavelength add/ Slots 14-17


drop board

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-35


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Board Full Name Valid Slots

TN11MR2 2-channel optical add/drop Slots 11-13


multiplexing board

TN11MR4 4-channel optical add/drop Slots 11-13


multiplexing board

TN11CMR2 2-channel CWDM optical add/ Slots 11-13


drop multiplexing board

TN11CMR4 4-channel CWDM optical add/ Slots 11-13


drop multiplexing board

Interface
Table 3-21 lists the WDM boards of the OptiX OSN 1500A and their interfaces. Table 3-22
lists the WDM boards of the OptiX OSN 1500B and their interfaces.

Table 3-21 WDM boards and their interfaces (OptiX OSN 1500A)

Board Interfacing Mode Connector

N1MR2A Interfaces available on the front panel LC

N1MR2B Interfaces available on the front panel LC

N1LWX Interfaces available on the front panel LC

N1FIB Interfaces available on the front panel LSH/LC

TN11MR2 Interfaces available on the front panel LC

TN11MR4 Interfaces available on the front panel LC

TN11CMR2 Interfaces available on the front panel LC

TN11CMR4 Interfaces available on the front panel LC

Table 3-22 WDM boards and their interfaces (OptiX OSN 1500B)

Board Interfacing Mode Connector

N1MR2A Interfaces available on the front panel LC

N1MR2B Interfaces available on the front panel LC

N1MR2C Interfaces available on the front panel LC

N1LWX Interfaces available on the front panel LC

N1FIB Interfaces available on the front panel LSH/LC

TN11MR2 Interfaces available on the front panel LC

3-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

Board Interfacing Mode Connector

TN11MR4 Interfaces available on the front panel LC

TN11CMR2 Interfaces available on the front panel LC

TN11CMR4 Interfaces available on the front panel LC

3.5.8 Optical Booster Amplifier Boards


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports several optical amplifier boards.

Valid Slots
Table 3-23 lists the optical booster amplifier boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN
1500A.

Table 3-23 Optical booster amplifier boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1BA2 2-channel optical booster Slots 12 and 13


amplifier board

N1BPA, N2BPA 1-channel amplifier and 1- Slots 12 and 13


channel preamplifier board

61COA, 62COA, COA board Slots 101 and 102


N1COA

ROP Single wavelength long-haul Slot 103 (external)


board (remote pumping)

Table 3-24 lists the optical booster amplifier boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN
1500B.

Table 3-24 Optical booster amplifier boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B

Board Full Name Valid Slots

N1BA2 2-channel optical booster Slots 11-13


amplifier board

N1BPA, N2BPA Optical booster preamplifier Slots 11-13


board

TN11OBU1 Optical booster amplifier board Slots 11-13

61COA, 62COA, COA board Slots 101-102


N1COA

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-37


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Board Full Name Valid Slots

ROP Single wavelength long-haul Slot 103 (external)


board (remote pumping)

Interface
Table 3-25 lists the optical booster amplifier boards and their interfaces.

Table 3-25 Optical booster amplifier boards and their interfaces

Board Interfacing Mode Connector

N1BA2 Interfaces available on the front panel LC

N1BPA, N2BPA Interfaces available on the front panel LC

TN11OBU1 Interfaces available on the front panel LC

61COA Interfaces available on the front panel SC/PC

N1COA Interfaces available on the front panel SC/PC

62COA Interfaces available on the front panel LSH/SC

ROP Interfaces available on the front panel LC

3.5.9 Auxiliary Boards


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports auxiliary boards.

Valid Slots
Table 3-26 lists the auxiliary boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A.

Table 3-26 Auxiliary boards and their valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1500A

Board Full Name Valid Slots

R1AMU Orderwire processing or alarm Slot 9


concatenation board

R1AUX System auxiliary processing unit Slot 10

R2AUX System auxiliary processing unit Slot 10

R1PIUA PIU board Slots 1 and 11

R1FAN Fan board Slot 20

R1EOW Orderwire communication board Slot 9

3-38 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 3 Hardware

Board Full Name Valid Slots

UPMa Uninterruptable power module Slot 50

a: The UPM is in case shape. On the T2000, it is displayed as CAU board seated in the logical
slot 50.

Table 3-27 lists the auxiliary boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B.

Table 3-27 Auxiliary boards and their valid slots for the OptiX OSN 1500B
Board Full Name Valid Slots

R1AMU Orderwire processing or alarm Slot 9


concatenation board

R1AUX System auxiliary processing unit Slot 10

R2AUX System auxiliary interface board Slot 10

R1FAN Fan board Slot 20

R1EOW Orderwire communication board Slot 9

R1PIU PIU board Slots 18-19

UPMa Uninterruptable power module Slot 50

a: The UPM is in case shape. On the T2000, it is displayed as CAU board seated in the logical
slot 50.

Interface
Table 3-28 lists the auxiliary boards of the OptiX OSN 1500A.

Table 3-28 Auxiliary boards of the OptiX OSN 1500A


Board Connector

R1PIUA Power supply interface

R1FAN None

R1AUX RJ-45

R2AUX RJ-45

R1AMU RJ-45

R1EOW RJ-45

Table 3-29 lists the auxiliary boards of the OptiX OSN 1500B.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-39


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
3 Hardware Product Description

Table 3-29 Auxiliary boards of the OptiX OSN 1500B


Board Connector

R1PIU Power supply interface

R1FAN None

R1AUX RJ-45

R2AUX RJ-45

R1AMU RJ-45

R1EOW RJ-45

3-40 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 4 Software

4 Software

About This Chapter

The software system of the OptiX OSN 1500 includes NE software and board software.

4.1 Overview
The software system of the OptiX OSN 1500 is of a modular structure.
4.2 Board Software
The board software runs on each board, and manages, monitors and controls the operation of
the board.
4.3 NE Software
The NE software is used to manage, monitor and control the operation of the boards of an NE.
The NE software also functions as the communication unit between the T2000 system and the
boards. Through the NE software, the T2000 system can control and manage NEs.
4.4 T2000 System
The OptiX OSN 1500 is uniformly managed by the OptiX iManager T2000 transmission network
management system (hereinafter referred to as the T2000).
4.5 ASON Software
According to the ITU-T Recommendations, an automatically switched optical network (ASON)
includes three planes: control plane, management plane, and transport plane.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
4 Software Product Description

4.1 Overview
The software system of the OptiX OSN 1500 is of a modular structure.
The software system includes the following modules:
l Board software (residing in each relevant board)
l NE software (residing in the SCC board)
l T2000 software (residing on a T2000 computer)
l ASON software (contained in the NE software)
The software system of the OptiX OSN 1500 is as shown in Figure 4-1.

Figure 4-1 Software system structure of the OptiX OSN 1500

T2000 software

ASON
software

NE software

Board software

NOTE

l The ASON software can interact with the T2000 software directly, but it needs the NE software to
intercommunicate with the board software.
l During the software loading, the ASON software is loaded together with the NE software.

4.2 Board Software


The board software runs on each board, and manages, monitors and controls the operation of
the board.
The board software receives the commands issued by the NE software and reports the board
status to the NE software in the form of performance events and alarms.
The board software functions include alarm management, performance management,
configuration management, and communication management. The board software directly
controls the functional modules in a board and implements specific NE functions that are

4-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 4 Software

compliant with ITU-T Recommendations. The board software provides support for the
management of boards performed by the NE software.
The board software is mainly classified into the line software, the tributary software, the cross-
connect software, the data board software, the clock software, and the orderwire software.

4.3 NE Software
The NE software is used to manage, monitor and control the operation of the boards of an NE.
The NE software also functions as the communication unit between the T2000 system and the
boards. Through the NE software, the T2000 system can control and manage NEs.
In compliance with ITU-T M.3010, the NE software belongs to the element management layer
in the telecommunications management network (TMN), and provides NE functions, some
coordination functions, and operations system functions at the network element layer. The data
communication function implements the communication between the NE and other components
(including equipment, the T2000 system, and other NEs).
The NE software consists of the following modules:
l Real-time multi-task operating system
l Network side (NS) module
l Equipment administration module (AM)
l Communication module
l Database management module

Real-Time Multi-task Operating System


The real-time multi-task operating system of the OptiX OSN 1500 NE software is responsible
for the management of public resources and provides support for the execution of applications.
This system provides an application execution environment that is independent of the processor
hardware, to separate applications from the processor.

Network Side (NS) Module


The NS module is between the communication module and the equipment management module.
It converts the data format between the user operation side (at the application layer) and the NE
equipment management layer, and provides security control for the NE layer.
Functionally, the NS module is divided into the following three submodules:
l Qx interface module
l Command line interface module
l Security management module

Equipment Administration Module (AM)


The equipment AM is the kernel of the NE software for implementing NE management, and
includes the Manager and the Agent. The Manager sends network management operation
commands and receives event information. The Agent responds to the network management
operation commands sent by the Manager, performs operations to managed objects, and reports
events according to the status change of the managed objects.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
4 Software Product Description

The equipment AM includes the configuration management module, the performance


management module, the alarm management module, and the MSP switching management
module.

Communication Module
The communication module performs the message communication function (MCF) of the
functional blocks of the transmission network equipment. Through the hardware interface
provided by the SCC board, the communication module transmits the OAM&P information and
exchanges management information between the T2000 system and NEs, and between NEs
themselves. This module consists of the network communication module, the serial
communication module, and the ECC communication module.

Database Management Module


The database management module is an integral component of the NE software, and consists of
the data and the management system. The database, organized as a relational database, includes
the network database, alarm database, performance database, and equipment database. The
management system manages and accesses the data in the database.

4.4 T2000 System


The OptiX OSN 1500 is uniformly managed by the OptiX iManager T2000 transmission network
management system (hereinafter referred to as the T2000).

The T2000 is used as a network management system to implement a uniform management of


the optical transmission network, and to maintain all the optical network equipment in the
network. In compliance with ITU-T Recommendations, the T2000 adopts a standard
management information model and the object-oriented management technology. The T2000
exchanges information with the NE software through the communication module, to implement
monitoring and management over the network equipment.

The T2000 software manages OptiX equipment through the Qx interface, which adopts a
management protocol specially designed for the OptiX equipment.

The T2000 software runs on a workstation or a PC. The T2000 enables the user not only to
operate and maintain the transmission equipment, but also to manage the transmission network.

l Alarm management

The T2000 realizes the following alarm management functions: real-time collection, prompting,
filtering, browsing, acknowledgement, check, clearing, counting, alarm insertion, alarm
correlation analysis, and fault diagnosis.

l Performance management

The T2000 realizes the setting of performance monitoring, and enables the user to browse,
analyze, and print performance data. The short-term and long-term performance forecast and
the performance register reset are also supported.

l Configuration management

The T2000 enables the user to configure and manage interfaces, clocks, services, trails,
protections, and time.

4-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 4 Software

l Security management

The T2000 realizes NM user management, NE user management, NE login management, NE


login lockout, NE setting lockout, and local craft terminal (LCT) access control.

l Maintenance management

The T2000 provides the loopback, board reset, automatic laser shutdown (ALS), and optical
power detection, and data collection functions, to help the maintenance personnel in
troubleshooting.

4.5 ASON Software


According to the ITU-T Recommendations, an automatically switched optical network (ASON)
includes three planes: control plane, management plane, and transport plane.

The management plane refers to an upper layer management system such as the T2000. The
transport plane refers to a traditional SDH network. The control plane is where the ASON
software is applied, and uses the LMP (link management protocol), OSPF-TE (open shortest
path first- traffic engineering), and RSVP-TE (reservation protocol-traffic engineering)
protocols.

Figure 4-2 shows the ASON software architecture. The ASON software mainly includes the
link management module, the signaling module, the routing module, and the cross-connection
management module.

Figure 4-2 ASON software architecture

AOSN software

T2000 Signaling module NE


software
Cross-connection
management
module
Routing module

LMP link management


module

Link Management Module


By using the LMP protocol, the link management module provides the following functions:

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
4 Software Product Description

l Create and maintain control channels.


l Verify member links and TE links.

Signaling Module
By using the RSVP-TE protocol, the signaling module provides the following functions:
l Set up or interrupt service connections according to user requests.
l Synchronize and restore services on the basis of service status changes.

Routing Module
By using the OSPF-TE protocol, the routing module provides the following functions:
l Collect and flood the TE link information.
l Collect and flood the control link information of the control plane.
l Compute service trails and control the routing.

Cross-Connection Management Module


The cross-connection management module provides the following functions:
l Create and delete cross-connections.
l Report link status, alarms, and other relevant information.

4-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

5 Data Features

About This Chapter

The data features include Ethernet features, RPR features, ATM features, SAN features and
DDN features.

5.1 Ethernet Features


This section describes the functions, application and protection of the Ethernet features of the
OptiX OSN 1500.
5.2 RPR Features
This section describes the functions, application and protection of the RPR features of the OptiX
OSN 1500.
5.3 ATM Features
This section describes the functions, application and protection of the ATM features of the OptiX
OSN 1500.
5.4 SAN Features
The OptiX OSN 1500 provides a multiservice transparent transmission processing board,
N1MST4, to access and transparently transmit FC, FICON, ESCON and DVB-ASI services.
5.5 DDN Features
This section describes the functions and application of the DDN features of the OptiX OSN
1500.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

5.1 Ethernet Features


This section describes the functions, application and protection of the Ethernet features of the
OptiX OSN 1500.

5.1.1 Functions
The OptiX OSN 1500 provides many Ethernet boards to meet different Ethernet service
requirements.
5.1.2 Application
The OptiX OSN 1500 has the Ethernet access function integrated on the SDH transmission
platform.
5.1.3 Protection
OptiX OSN 1500 provides layered protection on Ethernet services.

5.1.1 Functions
The OptiX OSN 1500 provides many Ethernet boards to meet different Ethernet service
requirements.

Table 5-1 lists the Ethernet functions of the EFS4 and EFS0 boards.

Table 5-2 lists the Ethernet functions of the EGS2 board.

Table 5-3 lists the Ethernet functions of the EGS4 board.

Table 5-4 lists the Ethernet functions of the EMS4 board.

Table 5-5 lists the Ethernet functions of the EGT2, EFT8, EFT8A and EFT4 boards.

Table 5-1 Function list of EFS4 and EFS0

Function N1EFS4 N2EFS4 N1EFS0 N2EFS0 N4EFS0

Interface 4 FE 4 FE 8 FE 8 FE 8 FE

Interface type 10Base-T, 100Base-TX 10Base-T, 100Base-TX, 100Base-FX

Interface board None None N1ETF8, N1ETS8 N1ETS8


N1EFF8 (used with (used with
TSB8 to TSB8 to
realize 1:1 realize 1:1
TPS), TPS),
N1ETF8, N1ETF8,
N1EFF8 N1EFF8

Service frame In compliance with Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3, IEEE 802.1q/p
format

JUMBO frame Supported, 9600 bytes

Uplink 4 VC-4 8 VC-4 4 VC-4 8 VC-4 8 VC-4


bandwidth

5-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Function N1EFS4 N2EFS4 N1EFS0 N2EFS0 N4EFS0

Mapping mode VC-12: VC-12-xv (x≤63); VC-3: VC-3-xv (x≤12)

Number of 12 24 12 24 24
VCTRUNKs

Ethernet private Supported


line (EPL)

Ethernet virtual Supported


private line
(EVPL)

Ethernet private Supported


LAN (EPLAN)

Ethernet virtual Not supported


private LAN
(EVPLAN)

Static MPLS MartinioE label supported


label

Stack VLAN Supported

VLAN Supports VLAN, in compliance with IEEE 802.1q/p

RSTP Supported

Multicast Supported
listening (IGMP
Snooping)

Encapsulation GFP-F (Frame-Mapped GFP-F, LAPS, HDLC


GFP)

Link state pass Supports Supports Supports Supports Supports


through (LPT) P2P LPT P2P and P2P LPT P2P LPT P2P and
P2MP LPT P2MP LPT

Link capacity In compliance with ITU-T G.7042


adjustment
scheme (LCAS)

Committed Supported (The granularity is 64 kbit/s.)


access rate
(CAR)

Flow control In compliance with IEEE 802.3x

Intra-board link Not Supported Not Supported Supported


aggregation supported supported

Test frame Supported

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

Function N1EFS4 N2EFS4 N1EFS0 N2EFS0 N4EFS0

Ethernet OAM Not Supported, Not Not Supported,


supported in supported supported in
compliance compliance
with IEEE with IEEE
802.1ag 802.1ag and
and IEEE IEEE
802.3ah 802.3ah

Ethernet Supported
performance
monitoring

NSF Function Not Supported Not Not Supported


supported supported supported

Table 5-2 Function list of EGS2


Function N2EGS2

Interface 2 GE

Interface type 1000Base-SX, 1000Base-LX, 1000Base-ZX

Interface board None

Service frame format In compliance with Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3, IEEE 802.1q/p

JUMBO frame Supported, 9600 bytes

Uplink bandwidth 16 VC-4

Mapping mode VC-12: VC-12-xv (x≤63); VC-3: VC-3-xv (x≤12)

Number of 48
VCTRUNKs

EPL Supported

EVPL Supported

EPLAN Supported

EVPLAN Not supported

Static MPLS label MartinioE label supported

Stack VLAN Supported

VLAN Supports VLAN, in compliance with IEEE 802.1q/p

RSTP Supported

Multicast listening Supported


(IGMP snooping)

5-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Function N2EGS2

Encapsulation GFP-F

LPT Supports P2P LPT

LCAS In compliance with ITU-T G.7042

CAR Supported (The granularity is 64 kbit/s.)

QoS traffic Supports port flow, port+VLAN flow and port+VLAN+PRI flow.
classification

CoS Supported

Shaping Not supported

Flow control In compliance with IEEE 802.3x

Test frame Supported

Ethernet Supported
performance
monitoring

Ethernet OAM Not supported

RMON Supported

Link aggregation Supports manual link aggregation

Table 5-3 Function list of EGS4


Function N1EGS4 N3EGS4

Interface 4 x GE

Interface type 1000Base-SX, 1000Base-LX, 1000Base-ZX

Interface board None

Service frame In compliance with Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3, IEEE 802.1q/p
format

JUMBO frame Supported, 9216 bytes

Uplink bandwidth 16 VC-4

Mapping mode VC-12: VC-12-xv (x≤64); VC-3: VC-3-xv (x≤24); VC-4: VC-4-xv
(x≤8)

Number of 64
VCTRUNKs

EPL Supported

EVPL Supports VLAN-based and QinQ-based EVPL services.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

Function N1EGS4 N3EGS4

EPLAN Supported

EVPLAN Supported

Static MPLS label Not supported

VLAN Supports VLAN and QinQ, in compliance with IEEE 802.1q/p.

RSTP Supported

Multicast listening Supported


(IGMP snooping)

Encapsulation GFP-F, LAPS, HDLC

LPT Supports P2P and P2MP LPT Supports P2P and P2MP LPT

LCAS In compliance with ITU-T G.7042

BPS Supported

PPS Supported

CAR Supported (The granularity is 64 kbit/s.)

QoS traffic Supports port flow, port+VLAN flow and port+SVLAN flow.
classification

CoS Supported

Shaping Supported

Flow control Supports flow control based on GE port, in compliance with IEEE
802.3x

Ethernet Supported
performance
monitoring

Ethernet OAM Supported, in compliance with IEEE 802.1ag and IEEE 802.3ah

Test frame Supported

Link aggregation Supports manual link aggregation, static link aggregation and
distributed link aggregation.

Table 5-4 Function list of EMS4


Function N1EMS4

Interface 4 GE and 16 FE

Interface type 1000Base-SX, 1000Base-LX, 1000Base-ZX, 10Base-T, 100Base-TX,


100Base-FX

5-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Function N1EMS4

Interface board Supports 4 x GE if the N1EMS4 board is not used with an interface
board. Supports 4 x GE and 16 x FE if the N1EMS4 board is used with
interface boards N1ETF8 or N1EFF8.

Protection Supports 1+1 intra-board protection and port level protection.

Service frame In compliance with Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3, IEEE 802.1q/p
format

JUMBO frame Supported, 9216 bytes

Uplink bandwidth 16 VC-4

Mapping mode VC-12: VC-12-xv (x≤64); VC-3: VC-3-xv (x≤24); VC-4: VC-4-xv
(x≤8)

Number of 64
VCTRUNKs

EPL Supported

EVPL Supports VLAN-based and QinQ-based EVPL services.

EPLAN Supported

EVPLAN Supported

Static MPLS label Not supported

VLAN Supports VLAN and QinQ, in compliance with IEEE 802.1q/p.

RSTP Supported

Multicast listening Supported


(IGMP snooping)

Encapsulation GFP-F, LAPS, HDLC

LPT Supports P2P amd P2MP LPT

LCAS In compliance with ITU-T G.7042

BPS/PPS Supported

CAR Supported (The granularity is 64 kbit/s.)

QoS traffic Supports port flow, port+VLAN flow and por+SVLAN flow.
classification

CoS Supported

Shaping Supported

Flow control Supports flow control based on GE/FE port, in compliance with IEEE
802.3x

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

Function N1EMS4

Ethernet Supported
performance
monitoring

Ethernet OAM Supported, in compliance with IEEE 802.1ag and IEEE 802.3ah

Test frame Supported

Service mirroring Supported

Link aggregation Supports manual link aggregation, static link aggregation and
distributed link aggregation.

Table 5-5 Function list of EGT2, EFT8, EFT8A and EFT4


Function N1EGT2 N1EFT8 N1EFT8A R1EFT4

Interface 2 GE 16 FE 8 FE 4 FE

Interface type 1000Base-SX, 10Base-T, 10Base-T, 10Base-T,


1000Base-LX, 100Base-TX, 100Base-TX 100Base-TX
1000Base-ZX 100Base-FX

Interface board None Supports 8 x None None


FE if it is not
used with an
interface
board.
Supports 16 x
FE if it is used
with the
N1ETF8 and
N1EFF8
interface
boards.

Service frame In compliance with Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3, IEEE 802.1qTAG
Iformat

JUMBO frame Supported, Supported, Supported by the Supported,


9600 bytes 9600 bytes latter four ports, 9600 bytes
9600 bytes

Uplink 16 VC-4 8 VC-4 4 VC-4 4 VC-4


bandwidth

Mapping mode VC-3: VC-3- VC-12: VC-12: VC-12-xv VC-12: VC-12-


xv (x≤24); VC-12-xv (x≤ (x≤63); VC-3: xv (x≤63);
VC-4: VC-4- 63); VC-3: VC-3-xv (x≤3) VC-3: VC-3-xv
xv (x≤8) VC-3-xv (x≤ (x≤3)
3)

5-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Function N1EGT2 N1EFT8 N1EFT8A R1EFT4

Number of 2 16 8 4
VCTRUNKs

Ethernet Only EPL supported; EVPL, EPLAN and EVPLAN not supported
service types

MPLS Not supported

VLAN Transparent transmission

Encapsulation GFP-F, LAPS, HDLC

LPT Supports P2P LPT

LCAS In compliance with ITU-T G.7042

CAR Not supported

Flow control In compliance with IEEE 802.3x

Test frame Supported

Ethernet OAM Supported Not supported Not supported Not supported


802.1ag

Ethernet Supported
performance
monitoring

5.1.2 Application
The OptiX OSN 1500 has the Ethernet access function integrated on the SDH transmission
platform.
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the following types of Ethernet services:
l EPL Service
l EVPL Service
l EPLAN Service
l EVPLAN Service

EPL Service
The EPL implements the point-to-point transparent transmission of Ethernet services. As shown
in Figure 5-1, the Ethernet services of different NEs are transmitted to the destination node
through their respective VCTRUNKs. The Ethernet services are also protected by the SDH self-
healing ring (SHR). This ensures the secure and reliable transmission of services.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

Figure 5-1 EPL service based on port


B B
PORT2 VCTRUNK2 VCTRUNK2 PORT2

PORT1 VCTRUNK 1 VCTRUNK 1 POTR1

A A

NE 1 NE 2

OptiX OSN Enterprise


equipment user

EVPL Service
The OptiX OSN 1500 adopts two ways to support EVPL services.

l Port-shared EVPL services. The services are isolated by VLAN tags and share a bandwidth.

As shown in Figure 5-2, traffic classification is performed for the Ethernet service according to
VLAN ID, to distinguish different VLANs from different departments of Companie A. The two
traffics are transmitted in respective VCTRUNKs.

Figure 5-2 Port-shared EVPL services


Headquarters of Department 1
company A
VCTRUNK1 VLAN100
VLAN100 PORT1
VCTRUNK2 VLAN200
VLAN200
PORT1 PORT2

Department 2

NE 1 NE 2

OptiX OSN Enterprise


equipment user

l VCTRUNK-shared EVPL services. OptiX OSN 1500 adopts three ways to realize
convergence and distribution of EVPL services.
– EVPL services based on VLAN ID, as shown in Figure 5-3.
– EVPL services based on MPLS, as shown in Figure 5-4.
– EVPL services based on QinQ, as shown in Figure 5-5.

5-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Figure 5-3 EVPL service based on VLAN ID


B B'

VLAN200 VLAN200
VCTRUNK
VLAN100 VLAN100

A
PORT 1 PORT2 PORT2 PORT 1 A'

NE 1 NE 2

Cyber cafe OptiX OSN


Community
user equipment
user

Figure 5-4 EVPL service based on MPLS


Add label Strip label
PE P P PE

PORT2 PORT2 Department B


Department B
`
VCTRUNK1
Department
Department A
A PORT1 PORT1
NE 1 NE 2

Branch 1 Branch 2

OptiX OSN
Company A
equipment

Figure 5-5 EVPL service based on QinQ


Add label Strip label
C-Aware S-Aware S-Aware C-Aware

Department PORT2 PORT2 Department


B B
VCTRUNK1 `
Department Department
A PORT1 PORT1 A
NE 1 NE 2
Branch 1 Branch 2

Company A OptiX OSN


equipment

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

EPLAN Service
Though the EPLAN service, NEs can communicate with each other and dynamically share a
bandwidth, the OptiX OSN 1500 adopts virtual bridge (VB) to support Layer 2 switching of
Ethernet data. This is referred to as the EPLAN service.
Each NE in the system can create one or several VBs. Each VB establishes a media access control
(MAC) address table. The system updates the table by self-learning. The data packets accessed
select the mapping VCTRUNK according to the MAC address table, as shown in Figure 5-6.

Figure 5-6 EPLAN service

PORT1

VB VCTRUNK1
Port 1

NE3
1
Department 3 of
company A
VCTRUNK2

VB PORT1
PORT1 VB

VCTRUNK1
VCTRUNK1

Port 1 Port 1
NE 1 NE 2

Department 1 of Department 2 of
company A company A
Access OptiX OSN
Company A
point equipment

EVPLAN Service
The EVPLAN services can dynamically share the bandwidth and support for the data packets
accessed into the same VLAN. When the data services with the same VLAN ID are accessed
into the same NE and dynamically share the bandwidth, the EVPLAN service can meet the
service requirements.
As shown in Figure 5-7, the Ethernet processing boards of the OptiX OSN 1500 adopt VB+S-
VLAN filter table to support the EVPLAN services.

5-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Figure 5-7 EVPLAN service

PORT2
PORT1
Department 3

VCTRUNK2
VCTRUNK1
of company B
VB
Department 3
C-Aware S-Aware
of company A Port 1
NE3
Port 2
VCTRUNK2
VCTRUNK1
C-Aware
PORT2 C-Aware
PORT1
VB PORT2
S-Aware LSP LSP VB PORT1
S-Aware
VCTRUNK1 NE 1 NE 2
VCTRUNK2

Port 2 LSP Port 1

Port 1 Port 2

Department 2
of company B
Department 1 Department 2
of company A Department 1 of company A
of company B

Acess OptiX OSN


Company A Company B
point equipment

5.1.3 Protection
OptiX OSN 1500 provides layered protection on Ethernet services.
The optical transmission layer supports MSP, SNCP, SNCMP and SNCTP.
The protection schemes supported at the Ethernet service layer are as follows:
l LCAS
l STP/RSTP
l Tributary protection switching (TPS)
l Board protection switching (BPS)
l Port protection switching (PPS)
l Link aggregation group (LAG)
l DLAG
l LPT

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

LCAS
The LCAS provides an error tolerance mechanism to enhance the reliability of the virtual
concatenation function. The LCAS has the following functions:
l When the LCAS is applied in the virtual concatenation technology, the LCAS enables the
configuration of system capacity, the increase and decrease of the concatenated VC
quantity, and the dynamic change of bearer bandwidth (services are not damaged during
the dynamic change).
l The LCAS protects and restores failed members.
As shown in Figure 5-8, the LCAS can dynamically add or delete members to increase or
decrease the bandwidth. Services are not interrupted during this bandwidth adjustment.

Figure 5-8 Dynamic bandwidth adjustment through LCAS

I want another 10 M MSTP network


bandwidth. Member

Member Headquarters
Branch

Member

Branch Member Headquarters

New member

OptiX NE

As shown in Figure 5-9, the LCAS realizes the protection of the Ethernet service. When some
members fail, the faulty members are automatically deleted, whereas other members transmit
data normally. When the faulty members are available again, they are automatically restored,
and the data is loaded to these members again.

5-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Figure 5-9 Virtual concatenation group protection through LCAS


MSTP network
Member

Member
Headquarters

Branch
Failed member

Member

Member
Headquarters

Branch Delete failed


member

OptiX NE

STP/RSTP
The Ethernet boards support the spanning tree protocol (STP) and the rapid spanning tree
protocol (RSTP). When the STP or the RSTP is started, it logically modifies the network
topology to prevent a broadcast storm. The STP or the RSTP realizes link protection by
restructuring the topology.

TPS
The TPS provides equipment level protection for tributary services. When a protected board
becomes faulty, its services are switched to the protection board. This ensures a reliable operation
of the equipment.

The OSN 1500B supports one group of 1:1 TPS protection for the N2EFS0 or N4EFS0 board.

BPS
The BPS is a board-based protection scheme that requires an active board and a standby board.
When the active board detects a link down failure of any port, or detects a board hardware failure,
the cross-connect board switches all the services from the active board to the standby board to
realize the service protection.

The N1EGS4, N3EGS4 and N1EMS4 boards both support BPS.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

PPS
The PPS is a port-based protection scheme that requires an active board and a standby board.
When the active board detects a link down failure of any port, or detects a board hardware failure,
the cross-connect board switches the services of one or more affected ports to the standby boards.
In this case, a protection switching for the entire board is not necessary.

Compared with the BPS, the PPS has lesser impact on external systems and the network.

The N1EGS4, N3EGS4 and N1EMS4 boards both support the PPS.

LAG
A link aggregation group (LAG) bundles multiple links that are connected to the same
equipment, to increase the bandwidth and improve the link reliability. An LAG can be regarded
as one link.

The LAG provides the following functions:

l Improves the link availability. In an LAG, members dynamically back up each other. When
one link is interrupted, other members quickly replace the link to provide services.
l Adds the link bandwidth. The LAG is an economical method for the user to increase the
link transmission rate. When multiple physical links are bundled, the user is able to obtain
a data link of higher bandwidth, without an upgrade of the existing equipment. The capacity
of an LAG is equal to the sum of the capacity of all the member links.
l Balances load. Multiple physical links in an LAG share the traffic load and back up each
other.
l Improves the reliability. Members in an LAG dynamically back up each other.

The LAG has three modes: dynamic aggregation, manual aggregation, and static aggregation.
For details, refer to 14.4 Link Aggregation.

The N1EMS4, N1EGS4 and N3EGS4 boards support link aggregation, and currently support
only manual aggregation and static aggregation.

DLAG
The DLAG requires two boards. One board is the working board and the other is the protection
board.

During switching, only the affected ports are switched and the other ports are not switched. The
equipment configured with the DLAG should be connected to the equipment where the LACP
is running. When any intermediate node is between two equipment sets where the DLAG is
configured, the intermediated node should support the transparent transmission of the protocol
packets.

The DLAG can be of modes: revertive or non-revertive.

l Revertive mode

If the working board becomes faulty, the DLAG is switched to the protection board. When the
working board is restored, the DLAG is automatically switched to the working board.

l Non-revertive mode

5-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

If the working board becomes faulty, the DLAG is switched to the protection board. When the
working board is restored, the DLAG is not automatically switched to the working board unless
the protection board becomes faulty.

The N1EMS4, N1EGS4 and N3EGS4 boards support distributed link aggregation.

LPT
The link state pass through (LPT) is a link-based protection scheme. In a network, when the
active and standby ports between routers belong to different links, the LPT function is available
for protection. When the working link becomes faulty, the LPT function shuts down the local
port so that the opposite router knows that the working link is abnormal. As a result, services
are switched from the active port to the standby port. Thus, these services are protected.

The LPT function includes P2P and P2MP LPT.

MSP, SNCP, SNCMP and SNCTP


At the optical transmission layer, Ethernet services can be protected by the MSP, SNCP, SNCMP
and SNCTP schemes. For details, refer to 8.2.2 MSP Ring and 8.2.3 SNCP.

5.2 RPR Features


This section describes the functions, application and protection of the RPR features of the OptiX
OSN 1500.

The RPR defined by IEEE 802.17 uses a dual-ring topology in which the two rings are in reverse
directions, as shown in Figure 5-10. The outer ring and the inner ring transmit data packets and
control packets. Hence, this increases the bandwidth utilization. The control packets on the inner
ring carry the control information of the data packets on the outer ring, and the control packets
on the outer ring carry the control information of the data packets on the inner ring. The two
rings protect each other.

Figure 5-10 RPR ring


Node 1

Outer ring data


Outer ring control

Node 2 2.5 Gbit/s RPR Node 4

Inner ring data


Inner ring control

Node 3

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-17


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

5.2.1 Functions
The RPR functions provide the basic functions, service class, topology auto-discovery, spatial
reuse and fairness algorithm.
5.2.2 Application
The RPR boards support the application of RPR features in EVPL and EVPLAN services.
5.2.3 Protection
The RPR services of the OptiX OSN 1500 are protected by various protection schemes.

5.2.1 Functions
The RPR functions provide the basic functions, service class, topology auto-discovery, spatial
reuse and fairness algorithm.

Basic Functions
The EMR0 and EGR2 boards of the OptiX OSN 1500 support the RPR features defined by IEEE
802.17. Table 5-6 lists the basic functions of the RPR boards.

Table 5-6 Function list of RPR boards


Function N2EMR0 N2EGR2

Interface 1 GE and 12 FE 2 GE

Service frame format Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3, IEEE 802.1QTAG

JUMBO frame Supported, 9600 bytes

Maximum uplink 16 VC-4 (2.5 Gbit/s)


bandwidth

Mapping granularity VC-3: VC-3-xv (X≤2); VC-4: VC-4-xv (X≤8)

EVPL Supported

EVPLAN Supported

Static MPLS label MartinioE label supported

Stack VLAN Supported

VLAN Supports 4096 VLAN tags, and the adding, deleting, and
exchange of VLAN tags; compliant with IEEE 802.1q/p.

Spanning tree Supports RSTP and STP

Multicast listening (IGMP Supported


Snooping)

RPR protection Supports the steering, wrapping, wrapping+steering protection


schemes, with the protection switching time being less than 50
ms.

5-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Function N2EMR0 N2EGR2

Encapsulation GFP-F, compliant with ITU-T G.7041.


LAPS, compliant with ITU-T X.86.

LCAS Supported, compliant with ITU-T G.7042

CAR Supported (The granularity is 64 kbit/s.)

Flow control Supported, compliant with IEEE 802.3X

QoS traffic classification The N2EMR0 and N2EGR2 boards support traffic classification
based on port, port+VLAN ID or port+VLAN ID+VLAN PRI.

Intra-board link Supported


aggregation

Weighted fairness Supported


algorithm

Topology auto-discovery Supported

Maximum number of 255


nodes

Service class Five classes: A0, A1, B_CIR, B_EIR and C

Service Class
The user data has three classes, which are A, B and C. On an RPR ring, Class A is further divided
into the A0 and A1 subclasses. Class B is also divided into the B_CIR (committed information
rate) and B_EIR (excess information rate) subclasses.
Table 5-7 lists the differences among these classes.

Table 5-7 RPR service class


Class Subclass Bandwidth Jitter Fairness Application
Algorithm

A A0 Pre-allocated, Low Irrelevant Real-time


irreclaimable services

A1 Pre-allocated, Low Irrelevant Real-time


reclaimable services

B B_CIR Pre-allocated, Medium Irrelevant Near real-time


reclaimable services

B_EIR Preemptible, not High Relevant Near real-time


pre-allocated services

C C Preemptible, not High Relevant Best effort


pre-allocated transmission

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-19


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

Topology Auto-Discovery
The topology auto-discovery protocol provides an accurate and reliable method to quickly
discover the topologies and their changes, for all the nodes in a ring network. Hence, the topology
auto-discovery realizes the plug and play feature for the RPR.
To increase or decrease the total bandwidth of an RPR, you can use the LCAS function, which
realizes the dynamic increase and decrease of bandwidth without affecting the existing services.

Spatial Reuse
On an RPR, the stripping of unicast frames at the destination node realizes the spatial reuse for
ring bandwidth. As shown in Figure 5-11, the bandwidth of a single ring is 1.25 Gbit/s. Traffic
1 sent from Node 1 to Node 4 is stripped from the ring at the destination Node 4, and thus the
bandwidth behind Node 4 is left unused. In this case, Node 4 is able to send traffic to Node 3 at
a 1.25 Gbit/s bandwidth. In this way, the bandwidth utilization is improved.

Figure 5-11 Spatial reuse


Node 1

Traffic 1
1.25 Gbit/s

Node 2 Dual-ring Node 4


2.5 Gbit/s RPR

Traffic 2
Bandwidth of single ring is 1.25 Gbit/s
1.25Gbit/s
Node 3

Fairness Algorithm
The outer ring and the inner ring of an RPR support independent weighted fairness algorithm.
The fairness algorithm ensures the fair access of lower-class B_EIR and C services. The weight
in the fairness algorithm is configurable so that different nodes can have different access rates.
Weights need to be set for a node on the outer ring and the inner ring separately. In the case of
preemptible bandwidth, these two weights decide the bandwidth at which the node transmits
lower-class services on the inner ring and the outer ring.
As shown in Figure 5-12, the weights of Nodes 2, 3 and 4 on the outer ring are 1. On the outer
ring, assume that the preemptible bandwidth that is available for lower-class services is 1.2 Gbit/
s. In this case, the fairness algorithm allocates 400 Mbit/s each for the lower-class services
transmitted from Nodes 2, 3 and 4 to Node 1.

5-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Figure 5-13 shows a fairness algorithm with different weights, that is, the weights of Nodes 2,
3 and 4 on the outer ring are 1, 3 and 2 respectively. In this case, the fairness algorithm allocates
200 Mbit/s, 600 Mbit/s, and 400 Mbit/s bandwidths for the lower-class services transmitted from
Nodes 2, 3 and 4 to Node 1.

Figure 5-12 Fairness algorithm when the weight is 1

Node Weight
3
Node2 1
2 Node3
Node 2 1
Node4 1

Node 3 Node 1
1
Dual-ring
2.5 Gbit/s RPR

Node 4 Node 6
Traffic Bandwidth
1 400 Mbit/s
Node 5
2 400 Mbit/s
3 400 Mbit/s

Figure 5-13 Fairness algorithm when the weights are different

Node Weight
3
Node2 1
2 Node3
Node 2 3
Node4 2

Node 3 Node 1
1
Dual-ring
2.5 Gbit/s RPR

Node 4 Node 6
Traffic Bandwidth
1 400 Mbit/s
Node 5
2 600 Mbit/s
3 200 Mbit/s

5.2.2 Application
The RPR boards support the application of RPR features in EVPL and EVPLAN services.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-21


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

EVPL Service
The EVPL service supports traffic classification based on port or port+VLAN, and encapsulates
and forwards the traffic in the MPLS MartinioE format.
Figure 5-14 illustrates the accessing, forwarding and stripping of a unidirectional EVPL service.
Node 2 adds the Tunnel and VC labels into the packet, and sends the packet onto the RPR. Node
3 forwards the packet to the destination Node 4, which then strips the packet.
Figure 5-15 illustrates the EVPL service convergence, in which the traffic classification is based
on port+VLAN so that multiple services can be converged at the GE port of Node 1.

Figure 5-14 EVPL service accessing, forwarding and stripping

Node 1

Dual-ring
2.5 Gbit/s RPR
FE/GE FE/GE
Node 2 Node 4

Action Stripping
LSP
Tunnel 100
Node 3
Action Insertion VC 100
Tunnel 100
VC 100
Destination Node 4
Action Forwarding

5-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Figure 5-15 EVPL service convergence

VLAN 2 VLAN 3 Traffic Tunnel VC Destination


Port1+VLAN 2 200 200 Node 2
Port1+VLAN 3 300 300 Node 3

Port1+VLAN 4 400 400 Node 4


VLAN 4 GE

Node 1

FE FE
Node 2 Node 4
VLAN 2 VLAN 4

Dual-ring

2.5 Gbit/s RPR

Node 3

FE

VLAN 3

EVPLAN Service
The EVPLAN service supports traffic classification based on port or port+VLAN, and
encapsulates and forwards the traffic in the stack VLAN format. The EVPLAN service is realized
by creating virtual bridges (VBs) in the board. The VB supports the self-learning of source MAC
addresses and the configuration of static MAC routes.
Figure 5-16 shows an example of the EVPLAN service. Port rpr1 is where the packets are
accessed onto the RPR. By address self-learning, the VB of each node determines the forwarding
port and the destination node of the packets. At Node 1, if the destination MAC address of the
packets is A1, the packets are forwarded through Port 1. If the destination address is A2, the
packets are forwarded through Port 2. If the destination address is B1, B2 or C1, the packets are
forwarded onto the RPR through Port rpr1, added with a stack VLAN tag whose value is 100.
Node 2 forwards packets in the same way.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-23


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

Figure 5-16 RPR EVPLAN service

A1 A2
MAC forwarding table of node 1
MAC Port stack VLAN
Port 2
A1 port 1 none
Port 1
A2 port 2 none
B1 rpr1 100
Node 1 B2 rpr1 100
B1
C1 rpr1 100
Dual-ring
A2
2.5 Gbit/s RPR
Port 1
Node 2 Node 4
Port 2
B2
MAC forwarding table of node 2
Node 3
MAC Port stack VLAN
A1 rpr1 100
A2 rpr1 100
B1 port 1 none
Port 1
B2 port 2 none
C1 rpr1 100
C1

5.2.3 Protection
The RPR services of the OptiX OSN 1500 are protected by various protection schemes.

The protection schemes of the RPR services include:

l Wrapping, steering and wrapping+steering


l LCAS
l RSTP
l Optical transmission layer protections, such as MSP, SNCP, SNCMP, and SNCTP

Wrapping
When a failure is detected on the ring, the wrapping function performs an automatic loopback
at the nodes that are adjacent to the failure point, to connect the inner ring and the outer ring.
The protection switching time is less than 50 ms. The advantages of this protection scheme are
enhanced protection speed and minimal loss of data, and the disadvantage is the waste of
bandwidth.

Figure 5-17 illustrates the wrapping protection. The traffic is sent from Node 4, passes through
Nodes 3 and 2 in turn, and finally reaches Node 1. When there is a fiber cut between Nodes 2
and 3, they perform an automatic loopback to connect the inner ring and the outer ring, so that
the protection is realized.

5-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Figure 5-17 Wrapping protection

Node 2
Fiber cut
Traffic flow

Node 1
Node 3

Dual-ring
2.5 Gbit/s RPR

Node 6
Node 4

Node 5

Steering
In the steering protection, switching is not performed at the failure point. Instead, the source
node sends the traffic to the destination node through a new route that is generated by the
topology auto-discovery protocol. If the number of nodes on the ring is less than 16, the steering
protection switching time is less than 50 ms. The advantage of this protection scheme is that it
does not waste bandwidth. The disadvantage is that, when the network scale is large, the
protection switching speed is low, and some data is discarded before a new route is generated.
Figure 5-18 illustrates the steering protection. Before a failure occurs on the ring, the traffic is
sent from Node 4, passes through Nodes 3 and 2 in turn, and finally reaches Node 1, through
the outer ring. When there is a fiber cut between Nodes 2 and 3, the topology auto-discovery
protocol discovers a new topology. On the basis of this new topology, the traffic is sent from
Node 4, passes through Nodes 5 and 6 in turn, and finally reaches Node 1, through the inner
ring.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-25


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

Figure 5-18 Steering protection

Node 2
Fiber cut
Traffic flow before
switching

Dual-ring Node 1
Node 3
2.5 Gbit/s RPR

Traffic flow Node 6


Node 4 after switching

Node 5

Wrapping+Steering
In the wrapping+steering protection, when a failure is detected on the ring, the ring first performs
a wrapping switching to ensure the switching speed and decrease the packet loss. After the
topology auto-discovery protocol generates a new ring topology, the ring performs the steering
protection so that the traffic is sent to the destination through the best route. This reduces the
waste of bandwidth.
Figure 5-19 illustrates the wrapping+steering protection. Before a failure occurs on the ring, the
traffic is sent from Node 4, passes through Nodes 3 and 2 in turn, and finally reaches Node 1,
through the outer ring. When there is a fiber cut between Nodes 2 and 3, a wrapping switching
is first performed so that Nodes 2 and 3 are automatically loopbacked. After the topology auto-
discovery protocol discovers a new topology, a steering switching is performed. As a result, the
traffic passes through Nodes 5 and 6 in turn, and finally reaches Node 1, through the inner ring.

5-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Figure 5-19 Wrapping+steering protection

Node 2
Fiber cut
Traffic flow

Node 1
Node 3

Dual-ring
2.5 Gbit/s RPR

Node 6
Node 4

Node 5

Node 2
Fiber cut

Dual-ring Node 1
Node 3
2.5 Gbit/s RPR

Traffic flow Node 6


Node 4 after switching

Node 5

LCAS
The LCAS function adds and reduces the bandwidth dynamically, and protects the bandwidth.

For details about the LCAS, refer to section 5.1.3 Protection.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-27


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

RSTP
The RPR boards support the rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP). The RSTP realizes link
protection by restructuring the topology. When the RSTP is started, it logically modifies the
network topology to prevent a broadcast storm.

MSP, SNCP, SNCMP and SNCTP


At the optical transmission layer, Ethernet services can be protected when the MSP, SNCP,
SNCMP, or SNCTP scheme is used.

5.3 ATM Features


This section describes the functions, application and protection of the ATM features of the OptiX
OSN 1500.

5.3.1 Functions
The OptiX OSN 1500 provides four types of ATM processing boards, which are ADL4, ADQ1,
IDL4, and IDQ1.
5.3.2 Application
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the application of several types of ATM services.
5.3.3 Protection
The ATM services of the OptiX OSN 1500 are protected at several layers.

5.3.1 Functions
The OptiX OSN 1500 provides four types of ATM processing boards, which are ADL4, ADQ1,
IDL4, and IDQ1.
An ADL4 board can access and process one STM-4 ATM service and an N1ADQ1 board can
access and process four STM-1 ATM services. When working with the N1PL3/N1PL3A/N1PD3
board, the ADL4 or ADQ1 board can access and process E3 ATM services.
An IDL4 board can access and process one STM-4 ATM service and an IDQ1 board can access
and process four STM-1 ATM services. When working with the E1 processing board, the IDL4
or IDQ1 board can access and process IMA services.
Table 5-8 lists the functions of the ADL4 and ADQ1 boards.
Table 5-9 lists the functions of the IDL4 and IDQ1 boards.

Table 5-8 Functions of ADL4 and ADQ1

Function ADL4 ADQ1

Front panel interface 1 x STM-4 4 x STM-1

Optical interface S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2 and Ve-4.2 Ie-1, S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2 and
specification Ve-1.2

Connector type LC

Optical module type SFP

5-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Function ADL4 ADQ1

E3 ATM interface Accesses 12 x E3 services by using the N1PD3 or N1PL3 or N1PL3A


board.

IMA Not supported

Maximum uplink 8 VC-4, or 12 VC-3 + 4 VC-4


bandwidth

ATM switching 1.2 Gbit/s


capability

Mapping mode VC-3; VC-4: VC-4-xv (x≤4)

Service type CBR, rt-VBR, nrt-VBR and UBR

Number of ATM 2048


connections

Traffic type and QoS IETF RFC2514, ATM forum TM 4.0

Supported ATM Spatial multicast and logical multicast


multicast
connections

ATM protection 1+1, 1:1


Mode (ITU-T I.630)

ATM protection Unidirectional, bidirectional


operation mode
(ITU-T I.630)

ATM protection VP-Ring, VC-Ring


level (ITU-T I.630)

OAM function (ITU- AIS (Alarm Indication Signal), RDI (Remote Defect Indication), LB
T I.610) (Loopback), CC (Continuity Check)

Table 5-9 Functions of IDL4 and IDQ1


Function IDL4 IDQ1

Front panel interface 1 x STM-4 4 x STM-1

Optical interface S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2 and Ie-1, S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2 and Ve-1.2
specification Ve-4.2

Connector type LC

Optical module type SFP

E3 ATM interface Not supported

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-29


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

Function IDL4 IDQ1

IMA (compliant with Accesses and processes IMA services when working with the E1
ATM Forum IMA 1.1 processing board N1PQ1 or N1PQMA or N1PQM or N2PQ1.
standards) Supports a maximum of 63 IMA E1 services.
Supports the mapping of a maximum of 16 IMA groups to the ATM
port.
Each IMA group supports 1-32 E1 services. Supports the mapping
of a maximum of 16 E1 links (which are not in any IMA group) to
the ATM port.
Supports a maximum of 226 ms of IMA multipath delay.

Maximum uplink 8 VC-4, or 63 VC-12 + 7 VC-4


bandwidth

ATM switching 1 Gbit/s


capability

Mapping mode VC-12; VC-4: VC-4-xv (X≤4)

Service type CBR, rt-VBR, nrt-VBR and UBR

Number of ATM 2048


connections

Traffic type and QoS IETF RFC2514, ATM forum TM 4.0

Supported ATM Spatial multicast and logical multicast


multicast connections

ATM protection 1+1, 1:1


Mode (ITU-T I.630)

ATM protection Unidirectional, bidirectional


operation mode (ITU-
T I.630)

ATM protection level VP-Ring, VC-Ring


(ITU-T I.630)

OAM function (ITU- AIS, RDI, LB, CC


T I.610)

Board level 1+1 Supported, with switching time less than 1s


protection

5.3.2 Application
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the application of several types of ATM services.

Supported Services and Traffic Types


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports CBR, rt-VBR, nrt-VBR, and UBR services, but does not support
ABR services.

5-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

l The CBR services apply to voice services, and video services and circuit emulation services
of a constant bit rate. These services require guaranteed transmission bandwidth and
latency.
l The rt-VBR services apply to audio and video services of a variable bit rate.
l The nrt-VBR services are mainly used for data transmission.
l The UBR services are generally used for LAN emulation and file transfer.
In terms of the supported services and traffic types, the OptiX OSN 1500 meets IETF RFC2514,
ATM Forum TM 4.0, and ATM Forum UNI 3.1 Recommendations. See Table 5-10.

Table 5-10 ATM service types and traffic types


No. Traffic Type Service Parameter
Type

1 atmNoTrafficDescriptor UBR None

2 atmNoClpNoScr UBR.1 Clp01Pcr

CBR Clp01Pcr

3 atmClpNoTaggingNoScr CBR Clp01Pcr, Clp0Pcr

4 atmClpTaggingNoScr CBR Clp01Pcr, Clp0Pcr

5 atmNoClpScr nrt-VBR.1 Clp01Pcr, Clp01Scr, Mbs

6 atmClpNoTaggingScr nrt-VBR.2 Clp01Pcr, Clp0Scr, Mbs

7 atmClpTaggingScr nrt-VBR.3 Clp01Pcr, Clp0Scr, Mbs

8 atmClpTransparentNoScr CBR.1 Clp01Pcr, Cdvt

9 atmClpTransparentScr rt-VBR.1 Clp01Pcr, Clp01Scr, Mbs, Cdvt

10 atmNoClpTaggingNoScr UBR.2 Clp01Pcr, Cdvt

11 atmNoClpNoScrCdvt UBR Clp01Pcr, Cdvt

CBR Clp01Pcr, Cdvt

12 atmNoClpScrCdvt rt-VBR.1 Clp01Pcr, Clp01Scr, Mbs, Cdvt

13 atmClpNoTaggingScrCdvt rt-VBR.2 Clp01Pcr, Clp0Scr, Mbs, Cdvt

14 atmClpTaggingScrCdvt rt-VBR.3 Clp01Pcr, Clp0Scr, Mbs, Cdvt

Application of Bandwidth Exclusive ATM Services


When the bandwidth is not shared, ATM services are processed by the ATM service processing
board, at the ATM layer of only the source and sink NEs. On intermediate NEs, only SDH
timeslot pass-through is performed, without ATM layer processing. In this case, each ATM
service exclusively occupies a VC-3 or VC-4 path. At the central node, the ATM services are
converged to an STM-1 or STM-4 optical port for output.
As shown in Figure 5-20, the 34 Mbit/s ATM services of NE1 and NE3 exclusively occupy a
VC-3 bandwidth each. The 155 Mbit/s ATM service of NE2 exclusively occupies a VC-4

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-31


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

bandwidth. And only the SDH timeslot pass-through is performed at NE3. After the three
services reach the central station NE4, they are converged by the ATM board and are output
through the 622 Mbit/s optical interface on the front panel.

Figure 5-20 Application of bandwidth exclusive ATM services

DSLAM

34M ATM
Traffic
Service
Convergence

NE 1

155M ATM 2.5 Gbit/s SDH


622M ATM
Traffic Ring Traffic

NE 2 NE 4

Router

DSLAM

NE 3

34M ATM

Traffic
DSLAM

Application of Bandwidth Shared ATM Services


The VR-Ring and VC-Ring realize the bandwidth sharing and the statistical multiplexing for
ATM services. The ATM services on each NE share the same VC (VC-3, VC-4, or VC-4-xv)
path and are processed at the ATM layer of all NEs.
As shown in Figure 5-21, NE1 accesses E3 ATM traffic from the tributary board and sends it
to the ATM board for ATM switching and protection configuration (1+1 or 1:1). Then, after the
traffic is encapsulated into VC-4-xv, it is sent to the line by the cross-connect board. NE2
accesses STM-1 ATM traffic from the optical interface, and then performs the ATM switching
and protection configuration. At the same time, the ATM traffic from NE1 is dropped at NE2
for ATM layer processing. Then, the locally accessed traffic and the traffic from the upstream
are encapsulated into the same VC-4-xv and sent to the downstream NE. The processing at NE3
and NE4 is similar. One VP-Ring/VC-Ring has a maximum bandwidth of 300 Mbit/s.

5-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Figure 5-21 VP-Ring/VC-Ring

DSLAM
The ATM traffic from NE1 is dropped to
the NE2,and then sent to VP/VC-Ring 34M ATM
after converged with local service. NE 1 Traffic

155M ATM
Traffic NE 4
Router
VC4-Xv
VP/VC-Ring

NE 2 622M ATM
DSLAM Traffic

NE 3
34M ATM
Traffic

DSLAM

Application of IMA Services


The inverse multiplexing for ATM (IMA) technology is used to demultiplex an ATM integrated
cell flow into several lower rate links. At the other end, the lower rate links are multiplexed to
recover the original integrated cell flow.
The IMA technology is applicable when ATM cells are transmitted through an interface of the
E1 rate or other rates. The IMA technology only provides a path, and does not process service
types and ATM cells. The signals at the ATM layer and a higher layer are transparently
transmitted.
Figure 5-22 illustrates the IMA service networking.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-33


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

Figure 5-22 IMA service networking

RNC

NE1

T2000
40km
25km

NE2 NE4
NodeB 1 STM-16 two-fiber
bidirectional MSP
ring
NodeB 4

35km 30km

NE3
NodeB 2

NodeB 3

5.3.3 Protection
The ATM services of the OptiX OSN 1500 are protected at several layers.

The protections that are available are as follows:

l ATM layer protections


l Optical transmission layer protections, such as MSP, SNCP, SNCMP, and SNCTP
l 1+1 board level protection for IMA boards

ATM Layer Protections


Compliant with ITU-T I.630, the ATM layer, protections are classified in different ways, as
listed in Table 5-11. You can select a combination of the following protection types as required,
for example, 1+1 bidirectional non-revertive protection.

Table 5-11 Classification of ATM protection

Classification Scheme Protection Type

Bridging function 1+1 protection 1:1 protection

Switching direction Unidirectional protection Bidirectional protection

Connection level VPC protection VCC protection

Protection domain Trail protection SNCP, SNCMP, SNCTP

Revertive mode Revertive protection Non-revertive protection

5-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Classification Scheme Protection Type

Protected object Single connection protection Group connection protection

Optical Transmission Layer Protections


The ATM service is also protected by the self-healing network at the optical transmission layer,
where the protection schemes include MSP, SNCP, SNCMP, and SNCTP. You can set the hold-
off time for the ATM protection switching. In this way, when network impairment occurs, the
MSP, SNCP , SNCMP or SNCTP at the optical transmission layer performs the switching first,
thus achieving the protection of the working ATM service (in this case, the protection switching
at the ATM layer is not performed).

1+1 Board Level Protection for IMA Boards


The IDQ1 and IDL4 boards support the 1+1 board level protection. For the configuration of 1
+1 board level protection, the IDQ1 and IDL4 boards must be inserted in paired slots.

5.4 SAN Features


The OptiX OSN 1500 provides a multiservice transparent transmission processing board,
N1MST4, to access and transparently transmit FC, FICON, ESCON and DVB-ASI services.
The detailed description of the N1MST4 board is as follows:
l The N1MST4 board provides four independent multiservice access ports. All the port
connectors are of the LC (SFP) type.
l Using all the four ports, the N1MST4 board supports 4 x FC (FC100/FICON and FC200)
services, with the total bandwidth of not more than 2.5 Gbit/s. The board also supports the
full-rate transmission of FC services, which means that one FC200 service or two FC100
services are supported.
l The first and second ports support the distance extension function at the SDH side. FC100
supports 3000 km, and FC200 supports 1500 km.
l The first and second ports support the distance extension function at the client side. FC100
supports 40 km, and FC200 supports 20 km.
l Using all the four ports, the N1MST4 board supports 4 x ESCON or 4 x DVB-ASI services.
l All services are encapsulated in the GFP-T format, which is compliant with ITU-T G.7041.
All services are mapped into VC-4 or VC-4-xc (x=4, 8, or 16).
Table 5-12 lists the service types and bit rates provided by the N1MST4 board.

Table 5-12 Service types and bit rates provided by N1MST4

Service Type Bit Rate Remarks

FC100/FICON 1062.5 Mbit/s SAN service

FC200 2125 Mbit/s SAN service

ESCON 200 Mbit/s SAN service

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-35


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
5 Data Features Product Description

Service Type Bit Rate Remarks

DVB-ASI 270 Mbit/s Video service

5.5 DDN Features


This section describes the functions and application of the DDN features of the OptiX OSN
1500.

5.5.1 Functions
The OptiX OSN 1500 uses the N1DX1/N1DXA processing boards and the N1DM12 interface
board to access and process DDN services.
5.5.2 Application
When the DDN service access and convergence board is configured in the OptiX OSN 1500,
the SDH network is able to access and groom DDN services.
5.5.3 Protection
The OptiX OSN 1500 provides TPS protection for DDN services.

5.5.1 Functions
The OptiX OSN 1500 uses the N1DX1/N1DXA processing boards and the N1DM12 interface
board to access and process DDN services.
l The N1DX1 board processes 8 x 64 kbit/s services and eight framed E1 services and realizes
the service convergence. The N1DX1 also cross-connects N x 64 kbit/s signals at the system
side.
l The N1DXA board cross-connects N x 64 kbit/s signals at the system side.
l The N1DM12 board accesses framed E1 and N x 64 kbit/s services when it works with the
N1DX1 board.

Table 5-13 lists the functions and features of the DDN boards.

Table 5-13 Functions and features of N1DX1 (N1DM12) and N1DXA

Board Feature N1DX1 (N1DM12) N1DXA

Processing Processes 8 x 64 kbit/s and eight Cross-connects 63 x 64 kbit/s


capability framed E1 services, and cross- signals at the system side.
connects 48 x 64 kbit/s signals at the
system side.

Bandwidth at 48 x E1. 63 x E1.


SDH side

Interface N x 64 bit/s interface: RS449, None.


specifications EIA530, EIA530-A, V.35, V.24 and
X.21.Framed E1 interface: CRC4 and
non-CRC4.

5-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 5 Data Features

Board Feature N1DX1 (N1DM12) N1DXA

Interface 75 ohms or 120 ohms. None.


impedance

Connector type The connectors are on the DM12 None.


board. The DB28 connector is used
for N x 64 bit/s signals, and the DB44
connector is used for framed E1
signals.

Protection Supports 1:N TPS protection with the Not supported.


switching time being less than 50 ms.

Loopback Supports inloop and outloop for all Supports inloop and outloop for
the ports. all the ports.

PRBS self-test Supported. Not supported.

Alarm and A large number of alarms and A large number of alarms and
performance performance events are provided to performance events are provided
facilitate the equipment management to facilitate the equipment
and maintenance. management and maintenance.

5.5.2 Application
When the DDN service access and convergence board is configured in the OptiX OSN 1500,
the SDH network is able to access and groom DDN services.
The N1DX1 and the N1DXA boards are mainly used for the following functions, so various
services such as RS449, EIA530, EIA530-A, V.35, V.24, X.21 and framed E1 can be accessed
to a transmission network.
l Point-to-point transmission for video conferences and routers
l Point-to-multipoint transmission for video conferences and routers
l Multipoint-to-multipoint transmission for video conferences and routers
l Access and convergence of multipoint routers
The N1DX1 and N1DXA boards are applicable to DDN private networks for small-sized and
medium-sized enterprises, government agencies, and banking and security service halls.

5.5.3 Protection
The OptiX OSN 1500 provides TPS protection for DDN services.
In TPS protection, when any working board is faulty or not in position, the DDN services are
switched to the protection board. This ensures the reliable operation of the equipment.
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports one group of 1:N (N≤2) TPS protection for the N1DX1 boards.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-37


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 6 DCN Features

6 DCN Features

About This Chapter

The OptiX OSN 1500 supports several DCN schemes.

6.1 Overview
The element management system (EMS) sets up communication with NEs through a data
communication network (DCN), to manage and maintain these NEs.
6.2 HWECC
The equipment supports the HWECC protocol, which is a private protocol defined by Huawei.
6.3 IP Over DCC
The equipment supports the IP over DCC protocol.
6.4 OSI Over DCC
The equipment supports the OSI over DCC protocol.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
6 DCN Features Product Description

6.1 Overview
The element management system (EMS) sets up communication with NEs through a data
communication network (DCN), to manage and maintain these NEs.

In a DCN, the EMS and NEs are regarded as network nodes, which can be connected through
Ethernet or physical data communication channels (DCCs).

In practical networking, the EMS and NEs can be located on different floors in a building, in
different buildings, or even in different cities. Therefore, the connection between the EMS and
NEs usually requires an external DCN that consists of equipment such as LAN switch and
routers. On the other hand, the DCN among NEs is referred to as an internal DCN. This section
describes the internal DCN that consists of SDH NEs. See Figure 6-1.

Figure 6-1 DCN network

T2000

IP/OSI External DCN


DCN

HW ECC or
IP/OSI over
DCC

Internal DCN

OptiX optical transmission equipment

LAN switch

6.1.1 Background of SDH DCN


With the development of network scale, OAM of a network becomes more and more difficult.
6.1.2 SDH DCN Solutions
The OptiX OSN 1500 provides multiple DCN solutions.
6.1.3 DCC Resource Allocation Modes
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports different DCC resource allocation modes.

6-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 6 DCN Features

6.1.1 Background of SDH DCN


With the development of network scale, OAM of a network becomes more and more difficult.

In a DCN, the DCC bytes in SDH overheads are used as physical channels for DCN management.
The customer does not need to set up private DCN channels. For a DCN, the SDH provides the
following bandwidth:
l By using the D1-D3 bytes in SDH regenerator section overheads (RSOH), the SDH
provides a 192 kbit/s bandwidth for the DCN.
l By using the D4-D12 bytes in SDH multiplex section overheads (MSOH), the SDH
provides a 576 kbit/s bandwidth for the DCN.
l By using the D1-D12 bytes in SDH section overheads, the SDH provides a 768 kbit/s
bandwidth for the DCN.

Figure 6-2 shows the positions of DCC bytes in SDH overheads.

Figure 6-2 Positions of DCC bytes in SDH overheads

* *
A1 A1 A1 A2 A2 A2 J0

B1 E1 F1 RSOH

D1 D2 D3

AU PTR

B2 B2 B2 K1 K2

D4 D5 D6

D7 D8 D9 MSOH

D10 D11 D12

S1 M1 E2

6.1.2 SDH DCN Solutions


The OptiX OSN 1500 provides multiple DCN solutions.

The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the DCN networking by using the following protocols:

l HWECC
l TCP/IP (IP over DCC)
l OSI (OSI over DCC)

The HWECC protocol is a private protocol developed by Huawei to support the DCN networking
of OptiX equipment. The HWECC protocol features easy configuration and application. As it
is a private protocol, HWECC protocol does not meet the management requirements for hybrid
networking by using the equipment from other vendors.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
6 DCN Features Product Description

The TCP/IP and OSI protocols are standard communication protocols that solve the management
issue in the case of hybrid networking with equipment from other vendors. These two protocols
can also be used in a network that consists of only Huawei equipment.

NOTE
When OptiX equipment is interconnected with other vendors' equipment that does not support the TCP/IP
and OSI standard communication protocols, Huawei provides the transparent transmission function for
DCC bytes, and provides relevant Ethernet service channels to transparently transmit the OAM information.

6.1.3 DCC Resource Allocation Modes


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports different DCC resource allocation modes.
Table 6-1 lists the DCC resource allocation modes supported by the OptiX OSN 1500.

Table 6-1 DCC allocation modes of the OptiX OSN 1500


DCC Allocation Q2CXL/R1CXL Q3CXL

Channel type Supports the D1-D3 and D4-D12 channel types.

Operation Mode 1 Supports 40 D1-D3 channels. Supports 80 D1-D3 channels.


mode
Mode 2 Supports 10 D1-D3 channels. Supports 20 D1-D3 channels.
Supports 10 D4-D12 channels. Supports 20 D4-D12 channels.

Mode 3 Supports 22 D1-D3 channels. Supports 44 D1-D3 channels.


Supports 6 D4-D12 channels. Supports 12 D4-D12 channels.

Mode 4 Supports 28 D1-D3 channels. Supports 32 D1-D3 channels.


Supports 4 D4-D12 channels.

Protocol type Supports HWECC, IP and OSI protocols.

Default mode Mode 1

The Q3CXL/R1CXL board can also provide two 2 Mbit/s external clock interfaces, which can
be used to transparently transmit DCC information. For details, refer to 2.19 DCC Transparent
Transmission Through External Clock Interfaces.

6.2 HWECC
The equipment supports the HWECC protocol, which is a private protocol defined by Huawei.

6.2.1 Features
The HWECC protocol is used to transmit OAM information among Huawei OptiX equipment.
6.2.2 Application
The HWECC protocol has three typical applications depending on the networking.

6.2.1 Features
The HWECC protocol is used to transmit OAM information among Huawei OptiX equipment.

6-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 6 DCN Features

In hybrid networking with equipment from other vendors, the HWECC protocol is not able to
identify the OAM information from other vendors' equipment, but can transparently transmit
such OAM information. By using the existing DCC resources, the user is able to meet the
requirements of a centralized management of equipment.

The HWECC protocol has the following features:

l The protocol provides a flexible networking environment.


l NEs can be connected through optical interfaces or Ethernet interfaces for embedded
control channel (ECC) communication.
l The protocol provides transparent transmission for the OAM information from other
vendors' equipment.
NOTE

In the OptiX OSN 1500, each slot supports a maximum of eight ECC channels.

6.2.2 Application
The HWECC protocol has three typical applications depending on the networking.

OAM Information Transmitted by OptiX OSN Equipment Only


When OAM information is transmitted only among the OptiX OSN equipment, a gateway NE
is required for the communication with the T2000. The T2000 is connected to the gateway NE
through the Qx interface and tests, manages and maintains the entire network.

The T2000 system helps improve the network service quality and ensure a reasonable use of
network resources. A non-gateway NE is connected to the gateway NE through ECC, to realize
the transmission of the OAM information.

In some cases, extended ECC communication through Ethernet interfaces is also available
among NEs. See Figure 6-3.

Figure 6-3 Networking with extended ECC

HUB1 GNE1 NE6


NE6 HUB2 NE7 NE12
PC

NE2 NE5 NE8 NE11

NE3 NE4 NE9 NE10

Network cable Subnet1 Subnet2


Fiber

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
6 DCN Features Product Description

OAM Information Transparently Transmitted by OptiX OSN Equipment


When there is OptiX OSN equipment between third-party equipment, the OAM information of
the third-party equipment can be transparently transmitted through D4-D12 bytes of the OptiX
OSN equipment. See Figure 6-4.

Figure 6-4 OAM information transparently transmitted by OptiX OSN equipment (ECC)

D4-D12

D1-D3 Transparent D1-D3


transmission
Third party Third party
equipment equipment

OAM Information Transparently Transmitted by Third-Party Equipment


When there is third-party equipment between OptiX OSN equipment, the OAM information of
the OptiX OSN equipment can be transparently transmitted through D4-D12 bytes of the
equipment. See Figure 6-5.

Figure 6-5 OAM information transparently transmitted by third-party equipment (ECC)

Third party D4-D12 Third party


equipment equipment

Transparent
transmission

D1-D3 D1-D3

6.3 IP Over DCC


The equipment supports the IP over DCC protocol.

6-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 6 DCN Features

6.3.1 Features
The OptiX OSN equipment can transmit network management information by using the IP over
DCC protocol.
6.3.2 Application
The IP over DCC protocol has two typical applications depending on the networking.

6.3.1 Features
The OptiX OSN equipment can transmit network management information by using the IP over
DCC protocol.
The IP over DCC protocol has the following features:
l The TCP/IP protocol realizes the compatibility with the equipment from other vendors. In
this case, the network management is simplified.
l The Layer 3 functions of protocol stacks are adopted. In this case, additional overheads or
server trails are not required for the transmission of the OAM information of other vendors'
equipment.
l The protocol provides flexible networking modes.
l Several application layer protocols are supported.

6.3.2 Application
The IP over DCC protocol has two typical applications depending on the networking.

OAM Information Transparently Transmitted by Third-Party Equipment


When there is third-party equipment between OptiX OSN equipment, the OAM information of
the OptiX OSN equipment can be transparently transmitted by the third-party equipment, by
using the IP over DCC protocol. See Figure 6-6.

Figure 6-6 OAM information transparently transmitted by the third-party equipment (IP)

Third party
equipment

IP over DCC Third party


equipment

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
6 DCN Features Product Description

OAM Information Transparently Transmitted by OptiX OSN Equipment


When there is OptiX OSN equipment between third-party equipment, the OAM information of
the third-party equipment can be transparently transmitted by the OptiX OSN equipment, by
using the IP over DCC protocol. See Figure 6-7.

Figure 6-7 OAM information transparently transmitted by the OptiX OSN equipment (IP)

Third party Third party


equipment equipment

IP over DCC

Third party
equipment

Third party
equipment

6.4 OSI Over DCC


The equipment supports the OSI over DCC protocol.

6.4.1 Features
The OSI over DCC protocol is used for hybrid networking between the OptiX OSN equipment
and other optical network equipment that supports OSI over DCC.
6.4.2 Application
The OSI over DCC protocol has two typical applications depending on the networking.

6.4.1 Features
The OSI over DCC protocol is used for hybrid networking between the OptiX OSN equipment
and other optical network equipment that supports OSI over DCC.

The OSI over DCC protocol has the following features:

l In a transmission network that consists of equipment from different vendors, the OSI over
DCC protocol enables the transparent transmission of OAM information at the network
layer, and thus provides a more flexible networking.
l The user does not need to set up additional DCN channels. The existing DCC resources
realize the centralized management of equipment from different vendors.

6-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 6 DCN Features

6.4.2 Application
The OSI over DCC protocol has two typical applications depending on the networking.

OAM Information Transparently Transmitted by Third-Party Equipment


When there is third-party equipment between OptiX OSN equipment, the OAM information of
the OptiX OSN equipment can be transparently transmitted by third-party equipment, by using
the OSI over DCC protocol.

As shown in Figure 6-8, Huawei equipment is located at the network edges, and the equipment
from other vendors is located in the backbone network. The OAM information between the
T2000 and the OptiX OSN equipment needs to be forwarded by the equipment from other
vendors. In this case, each subnet that consists of the Huawei equipment must have a minimum
of one gateway NE.

Figure 6-8 OAM information transparently transmitted by the third-party equipment (OSI)

OSI Third party


protocol equipment
stack
OSI
protocol
stack
OSI over DCC
Third party
equipment

OSI
protocol
stack

OAM Information Transparently Transmitted by OptiX OSN Equipment


When there is OptiX OSN equipment between third-party equipment, the OAM information of
the third-party equipment can be transparently transmitted by the OptiX OSN equipment, by
using the OSI over DCC protocol.

As shown in Figure 6-9, the Huawei equipment is located in the backbone network, and the
equipment from other vendors is located at the network edges. The OAM information between
the network management system and the equipment of other vendors needs to be forwarded by
the Huawei equipment.

NOTE

In actual application, a network cannot always be divided in this manner. A more common hybrid
networking is that the equipment from different vendors coexists at the core layer and the peripheral layer.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
6 DCN Features Product Description

Figure 6-9 OAM information transparently transmitted by the OptiX OSN equipment (OSI)

Third party Third party


equipment equipment

OSI protocol stack

OSI
protocol
stack
OSI o ver DCC

Third party
equipment

Third party
OSI protocol
equipment
stack

6-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

7 ASON Features

About This Chapter

The OptiX GMPLS control plan (GCP) is the ASON software developed by Huawei. The OptiX
GCP applies to the OptiX OSN product series. By using this software, the traditional network
can evolve into the ASON network. The OptiX OSN product series support the ASON features.

7.1 Automatic Discovery of the Topologies


The automatic discovery of the topologies includes the automatic discovery of the control links
and TE links.
7.2 End-to-End Service Configuration
The ASON network supports end-to-end service configuration, which is very convenient.
7.3 Mesh Networking Protection and Restoration
The ASON provides mesh networking protection to enhance service survivability and network
security.
7.4 ASON Clock Tracing
ASON NEs support both the traditional clock tracing mode and the ASON clock tracing mode.
In an ASON domain, some or all ASON NEs can be set with the ASON clock tracing mode. In
this way, these ASON NEs form an ASON clock subnet.
7.5 SLA
The ASON network can provide services of different QoS to different clients.
7.6 Diamond Services
Diamond services have the best protection ability. When there are enough resources in the
network, diamond services provide a permanent 1+1 protection. Diamond services are applicable
to voice and data services, VIP private line, such as banking, security and aviation.
7.7 Gold Services
Gold services are applicable to voice and significant data services. Compared with diamond
services, gold services have greater bandwidth utilization.
7.8 Silver Services
The service restoring time ranges from one second to a few secondsfrom hundred milliseconds
to a few seconds. The silver level service is suitable for those data or internet services that have
low real-time requirement.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

7.9 Copper Services


The copper services are seldom used. Generally, temporary services, such as the abrupt services
in holidays, are configured as copper services.
7.10 Iron Services
The iron services are also seldom used. Generally, temporary services are configured as iron
services. For example, when service volume soars, during holidays, the services can be
configured as iron services to fully use the bandwidth resources.
7.11 Tunnels
Tunnels are mainly used to carry VC-12 or VC-3 services. Tunnels are also called as ASON
server trails.
7.12 Service Association
The service association can be used to associate the same service accessed from different points
into the ASON network.
7.13 Service Optimization
After the topology changes several times, the ASON may have less satisfactory routes and thus
requires service optimization. Service optimization involves creating a new LSP, switching the
optimized service to the new LSP, and deleting the original LSP to change and optimize the
service without disrupting the service. Of course, the service route can be restricted during the
service optimization.
7.14 Service Migration
OptiX GCP supports the conversion between ASON services, and between ASON services and
traditional services. The service conversion is in-service conversion, which would not interrupt
the services.
7.15 Reverting Services to Original Routes
After many changes in an ASON network, service routes may differ from the original routes.
You can revert all service to the original routes.
7.16 Preset Restoring Trail
Customers may require that the services route to a specified trail in the case of trail failure. To
this end, the OptiX GCP provides the function of presetting the trail for restoration. This function
helps increase the controllability of service routing.
7.17 Shared Mesh Restoration Trail
For a revertive silver service, a restoration trail can be reserved. In the case of rerouting, the
silver service reroutes to the reserved restoration trail. Such a restoration trail is called a shared
mesh restoration trail.
7.18 Equilibrium of Network Traffic
The ASON network distributes the service traffic to different routes as possible.
7.19 Shared Risk Link Group
In the ASON network, the SRLG needs to be set when a group of optical fibers are in one cable.
7.20 ASON Trail Group
The ASON supports amalgamation of ASON and LCAS.
7.21 Protocol Encryption
You can encrypt the RSVP and OSPF in an ASON domain to improve the security of the network.
7.22 Alarms of the Control Plane
To increase the network maintainability, the ASON network supports the reporting alarms of
the control plane.

7-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

7.1 Automatic Discovery of the Topologies


The automatic discovery of the topologies includes the automatic discovery of the control links
and TE links.

7.1.1 Auto-Discovery of Control Links


The ASON network automatically discovers the control links through the OSPF-TE protocol.
7.1.2 Auto-Discovery of TE Links
The ASON network spreads the TE links to the entire network through the OSPF-TE protocol.

7.1.1 Auto-Discovery of Control Links


The ASON network automatically discovers the control links through the OSPF-TE protocol.
When the fiber connection (including the inter-station fiber automatically discovered and the
intra-station fiber manually configured) is complete in an ASON network, each ASON NE uses
the OSPF protocol to discover the control links and then floods the information about its own
control links to the entire network. See Figure 7-1. As a result, each NE obtains the information
of the control links in the entire network and also obtains the information about the network-
wide control topology. The following figure shows the details. Each ASON NE then computes
the shortest route to any ASON NE and writes these routes into the route forwarding table, which
is used for the signaling RSVP to transmit and receive packets.

Figure 7-1 Auto-discovery of control links

ASON domain

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

ASON domain

When the fiber connection in the entire network is complete, ASON NEs automatically discover
the network-wide control topology and report the topology information to the management
system for real-time display. See Figure 7-2.

Figure 7-2 Management of control topology

R1 R4

R2

R3
: ASON NE
: User equipment

7-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

R1 R4

R2

R3

: ASON NE
: User equipment

7.1.2 Auto-Discovery of TE Links


The ASON network spreads the TE links to the entire network through the OSPF-TE protocol.
After an ASON NE creates a control channel between neighboring NEs through LMP, the TE
link verification can be started. Each ASON NE floods its own TE links to the entire network
through OSPF-TE. Each NE then gets the network-wide TE links, that is, the network-wide
resource topology.
ASON software detects change in the resource topology in real time, including the deletion and
addition of links, and the change in the link parameters, and then reports the change to NMS,
which performs a real-time refresh.
As shown in Figure 7-3, if one TE link is cut, the NM updates the resource topology displayed
on the NM in real time.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

Figure 7-3 TE link auto-discovery

R1 R4

R2

R3
: ASON NE

: User equipment

R1 R4

R2

R3

: ASON NE
: User equipment

7.2 End-to-End Service Configuration


The ASON network supports end-to-end service configuration, which is very convenient.

7-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

The ASON supports both SDHWDM permanent connections and end-to-end ASON services.
To configure an ASON service, you only need to specify its source node, sink node, bandwidth
requirement, and protection level. Service routing and cross-connection at intermediate nodes
are all automatically completed by the network. You can also set explicit node, excluded node,
explicit link and excluded link to constrain the service routing.
Compared with the service configuration of SDH networks, it fully utilizes the routing and
signaling functions of the ASON NEs and thus it is convenient to configure services.
For example, consider the configuration of a 155 Mbit/s ASON service between A and I in
Figure 7-4. The network automatically finds the A-D-E-I route and configures cross-connection
at nodes A, D, E and I. Although there is more than one route from A to I, the network calculates
the best route according to the configured algorithm. It is assumed that A-D-E-I is the best route.
The service is created as follows:
l Choose the bandwidth granularity.
l Choose the server level.
l Choose the source node.
l Choose the sink node.
l Create the service.

Figure 7-4 End-to-end service configuration

R1 R4
E

I
D
F
C
A
B
H
G
R3
R2

: ASON NE

: User equipment

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

R1 R4
E

I
D F
C
A
B
H
G
R2

R3

: ASON NE
: User equipment

7.3 Mesh Networking Protection and Restoration


The ASON provides mesh networking protection to enhance service survivability and network
security.
As a main networking mode of ASON, mesh features high flexibility and scalability. Compared
with the traditional SDH networking mode, the mesh networking does not need to reserve 50%
bandwidth. Thus, it can save bandwidth resources to satisfy increasingly large bandwidth
demand. In addition, WDM network, this networking mode also provides more than one
recovery route for each services so it can best utilize the network resources and enhance the
network security.
As shown in Figure 7-5, when the C-G link fails, to restore the service, the network calculates
another route from D to H and creates a new LSP to transmit the service.

7-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

Figure 7-5 Trail restoration

R1 R4
E

I
D
F

A C
B
H
G
R2
R3
: ASON NE

: User equipment

Recovery route

R1 R4
E

I
D
F
C
A
B
H
G
R2

R3

: ASON NE

: User equipment

7.4 ASON Clock Tracing


ASON NEs support both the traditional clock tracing mode and the ASON clock tracing mode.
In an ASON domain, some or all ASON NEs can be set with the ASON clock tracing mode. In
this way, these ASON NEs form an ASON clock subnet.

In an ASON clock subnet, each ASON NE automatically traces the best clock source. The clock
is then automatically traced and switched. In this way, clock interlock is avoided. In addition,
the clock configuration is simplified. For an ASON domain with many ASON NEs, several
ASON clock subnets should be created if more than 20 ASON NEs are on the clock tracing link

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

in a clock subnet. Each ASON clock subnet generates its own clock tracing relation to trace the
primary source in the local subnet. In each ASON clock subnet, the change of primary source
and link does not affect the clock tracing relation in other ASON clock subnets. Generally, one
ASON clock subnet is created in one ASON domain.

Advantages of the ASON Clock Tracing


The ASON clock tracing has the following advantages.
l Simple configuration: For one ASON clock subnet, only the primary clock need be created
to realize auto-tracing and auto-switching of the clock.
l Auto-tracing and auto-switching: In an ASON clock subnet, the clock has the auto-tracing
and auto-switching features.
l The ASON tracing avoids the clock interlock.

Clock Protection Protocol


To realize the ASON clock tracing, all ASON NEs within the ASON clock subnet must start the
standard SSM protocol.

Primary Reference Clock Source


Within the ASON clock subnet, the ASON software automatically sets the clock tracing relation.
At the edge of an ASON clock subnet, the external clock source, or internal clock source of edge
NEs should be manually set as the primary reference clock source for the ASON clock subnet.
The following clock sources can be set as the primary clock reference source.
l Line clock source
l External clock source
l Internal clock source of edge NEs
For one ASON clock subnet, several primary reference clock sources can be set. The ASON
clock subnet, however, traces only one of these primary reference clock sources. The other clock
sources back up the traced clock source. When the selected primary reference clock source fails,
the entire subnet automatically traces another backup primary reference clock source. In this
way, a new clock tracing tree is established. A priority should be set for the primary reference
clock source.
As shown in Figure 7-6, in an ASON clock subnet, primary and secondary clock sources are
configured at NE A and NE B respectively. Other ASON NEs in the ASON clock subnet
automatically create clock tracing trees by computation. In this way, the entire subnet traces the
primary BITS and all clocks in the subnet keep synchronous. When the primary BITS fails, each
ASON NE creates the clock tracing tree by re-computation. In this way, the entire subnet traces
the secondary BITS and all clocks in the subnet keep synchronous.

7-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

Figure 7-6 ASON clock subnet

BITS BITS

Primary base B Standby base


clock source clock source
A

:ASON NE
: BITS

Interfacing Mode
By default, the ASON software automatically creates the clock tracing tree according to the
network topology. In this way, each ASON NE then can automatically trace an available clock
source. If necessary, set the interfacing mode of some optical interfaces to the clock quality not
detected mode to adjust the clock tracing tree. In this way, these optical interfaces are excluded
from the options of the clock tracing sources for ASON NEs.

Regeneration Source
A regeneration source is a device used to regenerate clock signals. If an NE is configured with
such a device, the system tracing clock of the NE is strengthened and the quality of the out-link
clock is increased. During the computation for creating the clock tracing tree, the clock signals
strengthened by the regeneration source are selected with priority.

For configuration of the regeneration source, 2M input and output interfaces are used. An NE
receives the upstream clock signals and outputs them to the regeneration device. The regenerated
clock signals then return to the NE through the 2M input interface. The clock then works as the
system tracing clock for the NE. In this way, clock signals are strengthened and the line clock
signals output from the NE are also strengthened.

Clock Tracing Relation in the ASON Clock Subnet


The clock tracing relation in the ASON clock subnet is as follows:
l The ASON clock subnet take priority to trace the primary source of the highest clock
quality.
l If multiple primary reference clock sources are of the same quality, the ASON clock subnet
traces the primary reference clock source of the highest priority.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

l If multiple primary reference clock sources are of the same quality and priority, the ASON
clock subnet traces the clock source in the trail with the least hops to generate multiple
clock tracing trees. In this way, too long clock tracing trail is avoided.
l If all the primary reference clock sources are invalid, the ASON clock subnet traces the
internal clock source with the smallest node ID. Thus, clocks in the entire network are
synchronized.

Hybrid Network of the ASON Clock Subnet and Traditional Clock Subnet
If the traditional clock subnet works in the SSM disabled mode, you should configure the quality
and priority of the primary reference clock source in the ASON clock subnet.

If the traditional clock network works in the standard SSM mode, you should configure only the
quality of the primary reference clock source in the ASON clock subnet.

If the traditional clock subnet works in the extended SSM mode, you should only modify the
subnet to the standard SSM mode, and then form a hybrid network with the ASON clock subnet.

Modifying the Traditional ASON Subnet to the ASON Clock Subnet


If the ASON NE is working in the traditional clock tracing mode and in the SSM disabled mode,
you should create the ASON clock subnet and configure the quality and priority of the primary
reference clock source.

If the ASON NE is working in the traditional clock tracing mode and in the standard SSM mode,
you should directly create the ASON clock subnet and configure the priority of the primary
reference clock source.

If the ASON NE is working in the traditional clock tracing mode and in the extended SSM mode,
you should modify the extended SSM mode to the standard SSM mode. Then you should create
the ASON clock subnet and configure the priority of the primary reference clock source.

7.5 SLA
The ASON network can provide services of different QoS to different clients.

The service level agreement (SLA) is used to classify services according to the service protection,
as listed in Table 7-1Table 7-2.

Table 7-1 Service level

Service Protection and Implementation Switching and


Restoration Scheme Means Rerouting Time

Diamond Protection and restoration SNCP and rerouting Switching time < 50ms
service Rerouting time < 2 s

Gold Protection and restoration MSP and rerouting Switching time < 50ms
service Rerouting time < 2 s

Silver Restoration Rerouting Rerouting time < 2 s


service

7-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

Service Protection and Implementation Switching and


Restoration Scheme Means Rerouting Time

Copper No protection - -
service No restoration

Iron Preemptable MSP -


service

Table 7-2 Service level

Service Protection and Implementatio Switching Rerouting


Restoration n Means Time Time
Scheme

Diamond Protection and 1+1 protection Less than 50ms Several seconds
service restoration and rerouting

Silver Restoration Rerouting - Several seconds


service

Copper No protection - - -
service No restoration

Table 7-3 lists details of the TE links used by ASON services.

Table 7-3 TE links used by ASON services

Service Level Working Protection Non-Protection


Resource of TE Resource of TE Resource of TE Link
Link Link

Diam Service Not used Not used Used


ond creation
servic
e Service Not used Used when the Used with the priority
rerouting resource is not
enough

Service Not used Not used Used


optimization

Gold Service Used with the Not used Used when the
servic creation priority resource is not enough
e
Service Used with the Used when the Used when the
rerouting priority resource is not resource is not enough
enough

Service Used with the Not used Used when the


optimization priority resource is not enough

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

Service Level Working Protection Non-Protection


Resource of TE Resource of TE Resource of TE Link
Link Link

Silver Service Not used Not used Used


servic creation
e
Service Not used Used when the Used with the priority
rerouting resource is not
enough

Service Not used Not used Used


optimization

Copp Service Not used Not used Used


er creation
servic
e Service Not used Not used Used
optimization

Iron Service Not used Used with the Used when the
servic creation priority resource is not enough
e

7.6 Diamond Services


Diamond services have the best protection ability. When there are enough resources in the
network, diamond services provide a permanent 1+1 protection. Diamond services are applicable
to voice and data services, VIP private line, such as banking, security and aviation.
A diamond service is a service with 1+1 protection from the source node to the sink node. It is
also called a 1+1 service. For a diamond service, there are two different LSPs available between
the source node and the sink node. The two LSPs should be as separate as possible. One is the
working LSP and the other is the protection LSP. The same service is transmitted to the working
LSP and the protection LSP at the same time. If the working LSP is normal, the sink node receives
the service from the working LSP; otherwise, from the protection LSP.
Figure 7-7 shows a diamond service.

7-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

Figure 7-7 Diamond Services


Working LSP

R1 R4
E
I

D
F
A C
B
H
G
R2

R3
Protection LSP
:ASON NE
:User equipment

Working LSP

R1 R4
E I

D
F
C
A
B
H
G
R2

R3

Protection LSP : ASON NE

: User equipment

There are three types of diamond services.


l Permanent 1+1 diamond service: rerouting is triggered once an LSP fails.
l Rerouting 1+1 diamond service: rerouting is triggered only when both LSPs fail.
l Non-rerouting diamond service: rerouting is never triggered.
Table 7-4Table 7-5 lists the attributes of the permanent 1+1 diamond service.
Table 7-6Table 7-7 lists the attributes of the rerouting 1+1 diamond service.
Table 7-8Table 7-9 lists the attributes of the non-rerouting 1+1 diamond service.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

Table 7-4 Attributes of the permanent 1+1 diamond services


Attribute Permanent 1+1 Diamond Service

Requirements for Sufficient non-protection resources are available between the


creation source node and the sink node.

Protection and restoration l If the resources are sufficient, two LSPs are always available
for a permanent 1+1 diamond service. One is the active LSP
and the other is the standby LSP.
l If the resources are not sufficient, one LSP can still be
reserved for a permanent 1+1 diamond service to ensure the
service survivability.

Rerouting

Revertive l Revertive services support reverting to the original route


automatically.
l Non-revertive services support reverting to the original route
manually.

Service migration l Supports migration between permanent SNCP connections


and diamond services.
l Supports migration between diamond services and silver
services.
l Supports migration between diamond services and copper
services.

Service switching Supports manual switching.

Service optimization Supports service optimization.

Service association Does not support service association.

ASON server trail Does not support diamond ASON server trails.

Alarms to trigger R_LOS, R_LOF, B2_EXC, B2_SD, MS_AIS, MS_RDI,


rerouting AU_AIS

Table 7-5 Attributes of the permanent 1+1 diamond services


Attribute Permanent 1+1 Diamond Service

Requirements for Sufficient non-protection resources are available between the source
creation node and the sink node.

Protection type Supports intra-board 1+1 protection. The protection schemes are OTU
intra-board dual fed and OTU+OLP dual fed.

7-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

Attribute Permanent 1+1 Diamond Service

Protection and l If the resources are sufficient, two LSPs are always available for a
restoration permanent 1+1 diamond service. One is the active LSP and the other
is the standby LSP.
l If the resources are not sufficient, one LSP can still be reserved for a
permanent 1+1 diamond service to ensure the service survivability.

Rerouting

Revertive Supports reverting to the original route manually.

Service migration Supports migration between diamond services and traditional 1+1
services.

Service switching Supports manual switching.

Service Supports service optimization.


optimization

Alarms to trigger The FIU detects the MUT_LOS alarm or the FIU is out of service.
rerouting

Table 7-6 Attributes of the rerouting 1+1 diamond service

Attribute Rerouting 1+1 Diamond Service

Requirements for Sufficient non-protection resources are available between the source
creation node and the sink node

Protection and l When the standby LSP fails, services are not switched. Rerouting is
restoration not triggered.
l When the active LSP fails, services are switched to the standby LSP
for transmission. Rerouting is not triggered.
l When both the active and the standby LSPs fail, rerouting is triggered
to create a new LSP to restore services.

Rerouting

Revertive l Revertive services support reverting to the original route


automatically.
l Non-revertive services support reverting to the original route
manually.

Service migration l Supports migration between permanent SNCP connections and


diamond services.
l Supports migration between diamond services and silver services.
l Supports migration between diamond services and copper services.

Service switching Supports manual switching.

Service Supports service optimization.


optimization

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-17


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

Attribute Rerouting 1+1 Diamond Service

Service Does not support service association.


association

ASON server trail Does not support diamond ASON server trails

Alarms to trigger R_LOS, R_LOF, B2_EXC, B2_SD, MS_AIS, MS_RDI, AU_AIS


rerouting

Table 7-7 Attributes of the rerouting 1+1 diamond service


Attribute Rerouting 1+1 Diamond Service

Requirements Sufficient non-protection resources are available between the


for creation source node and the sink node.

Protection type Supports intra-board 1+1 protection. The protection schemes are
OTU intra-board dual fed and OTU+OLP dual fed.

Protection and l When the standby LSP fails, services are not switched.
restoration Rerouting is not triggered.
l When the active LSP fails, services are switched to the standby
LSP for transmission. Rerouting is not triggered.
l When both the active and the standby LSPs fail, rerouting is
triggered to create a new LSP to restore services.

Rerouting

Revertive Supports reverting to the original route manually.

Service Supports migration between diamond services and traditional 1+1


migration services.

Service Supports manual switching.


switching

Service Supports service optimization.


optimization

Alarms to trigger The FIU detects the MUT_LOS alarm or the FIU is out of service.
rerouting

Table 7-8 Attributes of the non-rerouting 1+1 diamond service


Attribute Non-rerouting 1+1 diamond service

Requirements Sufficient non-protection resources are available between the source node
for creation and the sink node

7-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

Attribute Non-rerouting 1+1 diamond service

Protection and l When the active LSP fails, services are switched to the standby LSP
restoration for transmission. Rerouting is not triggered.
l When the standby LSP fails, services are not switched. Rerouting is
not triggered.
l When both the active and the standby LSPs fail, rerouting is not
triggered.

Service l Supports migration between permanent SNCP connections and


migration diamond services.
l Supports migration between diamond services and silver services.
l Supports migration between diamond services and copper services.

Service Supports manual switching.


switching

Service Supports service optimization.


optimization

Service Does not support service association.


association

ASON server Does not support diamond ASON server trails.


trail

Table 7-9 Attributes of the non-rerouting 1+1 diamond service

Attribute Non-rerouting 1+1 diamond service

Requirements Sufficient non-protection resources are available between the source node
for creation and the sink node.

Protection type Supports intra-board 1+1 protection. The protection schemes are OTU
intra-board dual fed and OTU+OLP dual fed.

Protection and l When the active LSP fails, services are switched to the standby LSP
restoration for transmission. Rerouting is not triggered.
l When the standby LSP fails, services are not switched. Rerouting is
not triggered.
l When both the active and the standby LSPs fail, rerouting is not
triggered.

Service Supports migration between diamond services and traditional 1+1


migration services.

Service Supports manual switching.


switching

Service Supports service optimization.


optimization

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-19


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

7.7 Gold Services


Gold services are applicable to voice and significant data services. Compared with diamond
services, gold services have greater bandwidth utilization.

A gold service needs only one LSP. This LSP must use working resource of TE links or non-
protection resource of TE links. When a fiber on the path of a gold service is cut, the ASON
triggers MSP switching to protect the service at first. If the multiplex section protection fails,
the ASON triggers rerouting to restore the service.

As shown in Figure 7-8, a gold service can be configured from A to I.

Figure 7-8 Gold services

R4
R1 E MSP
I
D
F
MSP C
A
B MSP
H
G
R2
R3
:ASON NE

:User equipment

Table 7-10 lists the attributes of gold services.

Table 7-10 Attributes of gold services

Attribute Gold Service

Requirements for Sufficient working resources or non-protection resources are


creation available between the source node and the sink node.

Multiplex section l Supports using the working resources of a 1:1 linear multiplex
protection section protection chain to create gold services.
l Supports using the working resources of a two-fiber
bidirectional multiplex section protection ring to create gold
services.
l Supports using the working resources of a four-fiber
bidirectional multiplex section protection ring to create gold
services.

7-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

Attribute Gold Service

Protection and When a fiber is cut for the first time, MS switching is performed to
restoration protect services. When MS switching fails, rerouting is then
triggered to restore services.

Rerouting

Revertive l Revertive services support reverting to the original route


automatically.
l Non-revertive services support reverting to the original route
manually.

Preset restoring trail Supports setting the preset restoring trail.

Service migration l Supports migration between permanent connections and gold


services.
l Supports migration between gold services and silver services.
l Supports migration between gold services and copper services.

Service switching Supports manual switching.

Service optimization Supports service optimization.

ASON server trail Supports gold ASON server trails.

Alarms to trigger R_LOS, R_LOF, B2_EXC, B2_SD, MS_AIS, MS_RDI, AU_AIS


rerouting

7.8 Silver Services


The service restoring time ranges from one second to a few secondsfrom hundred milliseconds
to a few seconds. The silver level service is suitable for those data or internet services that have
low real-time requirement.
Silver services are also called rerouting services. Upon an LSP failure, periodical rerouting is
performed until the rerouting succeeds. If there are not enough resources, service may be
interrupted.
As shown in Figure 7-9, A-B-G-H-I is a silver service trail. If the fiber between B and G is cut,
the ASON triggers rerouting from A to create a new LSP that does not pass the cut fiber. Hence,
services are protected.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-21


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

Figure 7-9 A silver service

E
R1 R4
E
LSP after rerouting
I
D F

A C
B
H
G
R2
R3
Original LSP
: ASON NE

: User equipment

R1 R4
E
LSP after rerouting

I
D
F
C
A
B
H
G
R2

Original LSP R3

: ASON NE

: User equipment

Table 7-11Table 7-12 lists the attributes of silver services.

Table 7-11 Attributes of silver services

Attribute Silver Services

Requirements for Sufficient non-protection resources are available between the


creation source node and the sink node.

Service restoration When the original LSP fails, rerouting is triggered to create a new
LSP to restore services.

Rerouting

7-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

Attribute Silver Services

Revertive l Revertive services support reverting to the original route


automatically.
l Non-revertive services support reverting to the original route
manually.

Preset restoring trail Supports setting the preset restoring trail.

Shared mesh restoration Supports setting the shared mesh restoration trial for revertive
trail silver trials.

Service migration l Supports migration between permanent connections and silver


services.
l Supports migration between diamond services and silver
services.
l Supports migration between gold services and silver services.
l Supports migration between silver services and copper
services.

Service optimization l Supports service optimization.


l If a revertive silver service reroutes, it cannot be optimized
before reverting to its original route.

Service association Supports service association.

ASON server trail Supports silver ASON server trails.

Alarms to trigger R_LOS, R_LOF, B2_EXC, B2_SD, MS_AIS, MS_RDI,


rerouting AU_AIS

Table 7-12 Attributes of silver services


Attribute Silver Services

Requirements for Sufficient non-protection resources are available between the


creation source node and the sink node.

Service restoration When the original LSP fails, rerouting is triggered to create a new
LSP to restore services.

Rerouting

Revertive Supports reverting to the original route manually.

Preset restoring trail Supports setting the preset restoring trail.

Service migration Supports migration between traditional non-protection services


and silver services.

Service optimization Supports service optimization.

Service association Supports service association.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-23


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

Attribute Silver Services

Alarms to trigger The FIU detects the MUT_LOS alarm or the FIU is out of service.
rerouting

7.9 Copper Services


The copper services are seldom used. Generally, temporary services, such as the abrupt services
in holidays, are configured as copper services.

Copper services are also called non-protection services. If an LSP fails, services do not reroute
and are interrupted. Table 7-13Table 7-14 lists the attributes of copper services.

Table 7-13 Attributes of copper services

Attribute Silver Service

Requirements for Sufficient non-protection resources are available between the source
creation node and the sink node.

Service restoration Does not support rerouting.

Service migration l Supports migration between permanent connections and copper


services.
l Supports migration between diamond services and copper services.
l Supports migration between gold services and copper services.
l Supports migration between silver services and copper services.

Service Supports service optimization.


optimization

Service association Supports service association.

ASON server trail Supports ASON server trails.

Table 7-14 Attributes of copper services

Attribute Silver Service

Requirements for Sufficient non-protection resources are available between the source
creation node and the sink node.

Service restoration Does not support rerouting.

Service migration Supports migration between traditional non-protection services and


copper services.

Service Supports service optimization.


optimization

Service association Supports service association.

7-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

7.10 Iron Services


The iron services are also seldom used. Generally, temporary services are configured as iron
services. For example, when service volume soars, during holidays, the services can be
configured as iron services to fully use the bandwidth resources.

An iron service is also called a preemptable service. Iron services apply non-protection resources
or protection resources of the TE link to create LSPs. When an LSP fails, services are interrupted
and rerouting is not triggered.
l When the iron service uses the protection resources of the TE link, if the MS switching
occurs, the iron service is preempted and the service is interrupted. After the MS is
recovered, the iron service is restored. The interruption, preemption and restoration of the
iron service are all reported to the NMS.
l When the iron service uses the non-protection resources, if the network resources are
insufficient, the iron service may be preempted by the rerouted silver service or diamond
service. Thus, the service is interrupted.

Table 7-15 lists the attributes of iron service.

Table 7-15 Attributes of iron services

Attribute Iron Service

Requirements Sufficient protection resources or non-protection resources are available


for creation between the source node and the sink node.

Multiplex To create iron services, the following resources can be used:


section l Protection resources of 1:1 linear MSP
protection
l Protection resources of two-fiber bidirectional MSP
l Protection resources of four-fiber bidirectional MSP

Service Does not support rerouting.


restoration

Service Supports migration between iron services and extra permanent


migration connections.

Service Supports service optimization.


optimization

7.11 Tunnels
Tunnels are mainly used to carry VC-12 or VC-3 services. Tunnels are also called as ASON
server trails.

When lower order services are to be created, first create a VC-4 tunnel. The protection level for
the tunnel can be gold, silver or copper. Then, use the management system to complete the
configuration of the lower order service. See Figure 7-10.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-25


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

Figure 7-10 Tunnel

VC4 tunnel VC12 service

R1 R4

R3

R2

: ASON NE

ASON domain : User equipment

The configuration of a tunnel is different from that of the above-mentioned service types. Its
cross-connection from the tributary board to the line board can only be configured manually. As
shown in Figure 7-11, there is a tunnel between NE1 and NE2 which can be a gold ASON server
trail, silver ASON server trail or copper ASON server trail. During service creation, the ASON
automatically chooses the line boards of NE1 and NE2 and the timeslots of the line boards.
After creating tunnels, you must manually create and delete the lower order cross-connection
from the tributary board to the line board. During rerouting or optimization of the tunnels,
however, the cross-connections at the source and sink nodes automatically switch to the new
ports.
NOTE

In addition, the end-to-end tunnel and lower order service can be created.

Figure 7-11 Lower cross-connection

VC12 ASON server trail VC12

NE1 VC4 NE2

Cross-
connection
VC12

Tributary
Line unit
unit

7-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

Table 7-16 lists the attributes of tunnels.

Table 7-16 Attributes of tunnels


Attribute Gold Tunnel Silver Tunnel Copper Tunnel

Requirements Same as gold services Same as silver Same as copper


for creation services services

Service Same as gold services Same as silver Does not support


restoration services rerouting

Rerouting l Supports rerouting l Supports rerouting Does not support


lockout. lockout. rerouting
l Supports rerouting l Supports rerouting
priority. priority.

Revertive Not supported Not supported Not supported

Pre- Not supported Supported Not supported


configuration
of restoring
route

Service Not supported Supported Supported


association

Service l Supports migration between tunnel services and permanent


migration connections.
l Supports migration between silver tunnels and copper tunnels.
l Supports migration between gold tunnels and silver tunnels.
l Supports migration between gold tunnels and copper tunnels.

Service Supports service optimization..


optimization

Tunnel level VC-4

7.12 Service Association


The service association can be used to associate the same service accessed from different points
into the ASON network.
Service association involves associating two ASON services that have different routes. During
the rerouting or optimization of either service, the rerouting service avoids the route of the
associated service. Service association is mainly used for services (dual-source) accessed from
two points.
As shown in Figure 7-12Figure 7-13, D-E-I and A-B-G-H are two associated LSPs. When the
fiber between B and G is cut, the rerouting of the A-B-G-H LSP avoids the D-E-I LSP.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-27


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

Figure 7-12 Service association

R1 R4
E I
1+1 protection
D
F 1+1 protection

C
A
B
H
G
R2
R3 : ASON NE

: User equipment

Figure 7-13 Service association

R1 R4
E
1+1protection 1+1protection
I
D
F
C
A
B
H
G
R2

R3

: ASON NE

: User equipment

Table 7-17 lists the attributes of service association.

Table 7-17 Attributes of service association


Attribute Service Association

Service Supports optimization of associated services.


optimization

Rerouting When one service reroutes, it avoids the route of the associated service.

7-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

Attribute Service Association

Service type l Supports the association of two silver services.


l Supports association of two copper services.
l Supports the association of a silver service and a copper service.
l Supports the association of two silver services.
l Supports association of two copper services.
l Supports the association of a silver service and a copper service.
l Supports the association of two silver tunnels.
l Supports the association of two copper tunnels.
l Supports the association of a silver tunnel and a copper tunnel.

7.13 Service Optimization


After the topology changes several times, the ASON may have less satisfactory routes and thus
requires service optimization. Service optimization involves creating a new LSP, switching the
optimized service to the new LSP, and deleting the original LSP to change and optimize the
service without disrupting the service. Of course, the service route can be restricted during the
service optimization.

CAUTION
For the NG WDM products, the LSP must be changed in wavelength trail optimization, which
involves the switching of the WSS component. As a result, the services might be interrupted due
to the service optimization. Be cautious to use the function.

LSP optimization has the following features.

l Only manual optimization is supported.


l The optimization does not change the protection level of the optimized service.
l During optimization, rerouting, downgrade/upgrade, or deleting operations are not allowed.
l During creation, rerouting, downgrading/upgrading, starting or deleting operations,
optimization is not allowed.
l The following service types support optimization: diamond, gold, silver,and copper and
tunnel services.

7.14 Service Migration


OptiX GCP supports the conversion between ASON services, and between ASON services and
traditional services. The service conversion is in-service conversion, which would not interrupt
the services.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-29


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

Service Migration between ASON Trails and Permanent Connections


Currently, Huawei's OptiX GCP supports:
l Migration between diamond services and permanent SNCP connections
l Migration between gold services and permanent connections
l Migration between silver services and permanent connections
l Migration between copper services and permanent connections
l Migration between iron services and permanent connections
l Migration between tunnel services and server trail.
l Migration between static 1+1 services and diamond services
l Migration between static unprotected services and silver services
l Migration between static unprotected services and copper services

Service Migration between ASON Trails


Currently, Huawei's OptiX GCP supports:
l Migration between diamond services and silver services
l Migration between diamond services and copper services
l Migration between silver services and copper services
l Migration between gold services and silver services
l Migration between gold services and copper services
l Migration between gold tunnels and silver tunnels
l Migration between gold tunnels and copper tunnels
l Migration between silver tunnels and copper tunnels

7.15 Reverting Services to Original Routes


After many changes in an ASON network, service routes may differ from the original routes.
You can revert all service to the original routes.

CAUTION
The operation reverting network-wide services to original routes interrupts the services. Be
cautious to perform the operation.

Original Route
Generally, the route during ASON service creation is the original route of the ASON service. If
the original route recovers after rerouting of the ASON services, the services can be adjusted to
the original route manually or automatically. In addition, the current route can be set to the
original route after rerouting of the ASON services.
ASON services are classified into revertive services and non-revertive services. If the original
route recovers after rerouting, the revertive services can be manually or automatically reverted

7-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

to the original route. If the original route recovers after rerouting, the non-revertive services can
be only manually reverted to the original route. Before the non-revertive services revert to the
original route, the resources of the original route may be used by other services.

Revertive Services
The ASON services supporting the service reverting are as follows:
l Diamond services
l Gold services
l Silver services
l Tunnels

Description on Service Reverting


For the detailed description of reverting, refer to the Table 7-19Table 7-18.

Table 7-18 Reverting service to original routes


Attribution Non-Revertive Service Revertive Service

Prerequisites The original route has no failures The original route has no failures.
and has free timeslots.

Reverting mode Manually reverting. Manually reverting or automatically


reverting.

Batch reverting Supported. Not supported.

Timeslots Only if the original timeslots in the Services reverting to original routes.
original route are spare and is Services reverting to original
"Reverting to original timeslots" timeslots.
set, the service can revert to the
original timeslots.

Modifying Supported. Supported.


original route

Reversion lock - Supported.

Table 7-19 Description on service reverting


Attribute Description

Reverting The original route is faulty and


condition there are idle resources.

Reverting mode Manually reverting.

Batch reverting Supported.

Modifying Supported.
original route

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-31


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

7.16 Preset Restoring Trail


Customers may require that the services route to a specified trail in the case of trail failure. To
this end, the OptiX GCP provides the function of presetting the trail for restoration. This function
helps increase the controllability of service routing.
The OptiX GCP supports setting a preset restoring trail for a diamond/silver/goldsilver ASON
trail. When the ASON trail reroutes, the service is restored to the preset restoring trail.

7.17 Shared Mesh Restoration Trail


For a revertive silver service, a restoration trail can be reserved. In the case of rerouting, the
silver service reroutes to the reserved restoration trail. Such a restoration trail is called a shared
mesh restoration trail.
When a service configured with the shared mesh restoration trail reroutes, the service uses the
resources on this trail with priority. If all resources on the shared mesh restoration trail are usable,
these resources are used for service restoration. If only partial resources on the shared mesh
restoration trail are usable, these resources are used with priority for computation of a restoration
trail. The other resources may be faulty or used by other services that share the trail.
As shown in Figure 7-14, the shared mesh restoration trail for two revertive silver services share
the TE link and timeslots between G and H. When the revertive silver service 1 (A-B-C) reroutes,
the service directly reroutes to the shared mesh restoration trail 1 (A-G-H-C). When the revertive
silver service 2 (D-E-F) reroutes, the service directly reroutes to the shared mesh restoration trail
2 (D-G-H-F). If both silver services reroute, only one of them can reroute to the shared mesh
restoration trail, for the two restoration trails share the TE link and timeslots between G and H.

Figure 7-14 Shared mesh restoration trail


Revertive silver service 1
A B C

Share MESH
restoration trail 1

G H

Share MESH
restoration trail 2

D E
F
Revertive silver service 2

7-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

Features of the Shared Mesh Restoration Trail


The shared mesh restoration trail has the following features.
l Only the revertive silver service can be configured with the shared mesh restoration trail.
l A shared mesh restoration trail cannot be set to concatenation services at different levels.
l For a silver service configured with the shared mesh restoration trail, the revertive attribute
cannot be changed.
l The resources on a shared mesh restoration trail can only be the unprotected resources of
TE links.
l For a silver service configured with the shared mesh restoration trail, do not set the preset
restoration trail.

Differences Between Shared Mesh Restoration Trail and Preset Restoration Trail
The shared mesh restoration trail and the preset restoration trail have the following differences.
l For a preset restoration trail, only route information of the trail is recorded and no resources
are actually reserved. In this way, the resources for a preset restoration trail may be used
by other services. When the service reroutes, the preset restoration trail cannot be used.
l For a shared mesh restoration trail, resources are actually reserved. The reserved resources
cannot be used by other services. In this way, services can be restored with the best effort.
In addition, to increase the resource utilization, the shared mesh restoration trails for
different services can share some resources.

7.18 Equilibrium of Network Traffic


The ASON network distributes the service traffic to different routes as possible.
The ASON calculates a best route according to the CSPF algorithm. If there are many services
between two nodes, there may be several services sharing a same route. The traffic equilibrium
function is used to avoid this situation. As shown in Figure 7-15, there are many silver services
between R2 and R4. To make the network more safe and reliable, the ASON allocates them to
different routes averagely as possible such as A-D-E-I, A-B-C-F-I and A-B-G-H-I.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-33


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

Figure 7-15 Traffic equilibrium

R1 R4
E
I
D
F
C
A
B
H
G
R2
R3
: ASON NE

: User equipment

R1 R4
E
I
D
F
C
A
B
H
G
R2

R3

: ASON NE

: User equipment

7.19 Shared Risk Link Group


In the ASON network, the SRLG needs to be set when a group of optical fibers are in one cable.

The SRLG is the shared risk link group. Fibers in the same optical cable have the same risks,
that is, when the cable is cut, all fibers are cut. Hence, an ASON service should not be rerouted
to another link that has the same risk.

Hence, the SRLG needs to be correctly set for the links sharing the same risk in the network so
as to avoid that the LSP after rerouting of the ASON services and the faulty link share the same

7-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 7 ASON Features

risk and to shorten the service restoration time during ASON service rerouting. You can change
the SRLG attribute.

7.20 ASON Trail Group


The ASON supports amalgamation of ASON and LCAS.

LCAS
LCAS is Link Capacity Adjustment Scheme. With LCAS enabled, the bandwidth of VCTRUNK
can be adjusted dynamically without affecting services. As shown in Figure 7-16, VCTRUNK1
is bound with four VC4s, with two transmitted over path 1 and two over path 2. If the VC4 in
path 1 fails, the two VC4s in path 2 will transmit all Ethernet service without affecting the service
of VCTRUNK1. You can add VC4 on either path if necessary.

Figure 7-16 LCAS (different path)

Path 1

VCTRUNK1

Router A Router B
NE1 NE2
Path 2

If these VC4s are transmitted over a path, adding/deleting VC4 will not affect the service. As
shown in Figure 7-17, VCTRUNK1 is bound with four VC4s. If the first VC4 fails, the Ethernet
service remains unaffected.

Figure 7-17 LCAS (same path)

VCTRUNK1

NE1 NE2
Router A Router B

ASON Trail Group


An ASON trail group associates all member trails for the same LCAS service within one LSP
group. These member trails then can be added, deleted or modified. To provide virtual services
with the error tolerance ability, these member trails must be as separate as possible.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-35


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
7 ASON Features Product Description

Each ASON trail group is identified by an ID. The ASON NE allocates an ID to each ASON
trail group. The member trails within an ASON trail share the same source and sink. The trails
must also be as separated as possible.

7.21 Protocol Encryption


You can encrypt the RSVP and OSPF in an ASON domain to improve the security of the network.
An external entity may modify the OSPF-TE protocol packets of the network, counterfeit a node
of this network and transmit packets, or receive the packets transmitted by nodes in the network
and repeat the attack. To prevent these network insecurities, the ASON provides the function to
encrypt protocols. In an ASON domain, the RSVP and OSPF-TE protocols are encrypted for
authentication.
The RSVP authentication is configured for nodes and the OSPF-TE authentication for
interconnected interfaces (slots and optical interfaces).
The authentication can be non-authentication, plain text authentication or MD5 authentication.
The check succeeds only when the authentication modes and passwords of adjacent nodes are
the same.

7.22 Alarms of the Control Plane


To increase the network maintainability, the ASON network supports the reporting alarms of
the control plane.
Alarms on the control plane include node alarms, link alarms and service alarms. Node alarms
indicate whether the node ID and authentication code are correct, and whether the node ID and
authentication code are associated with neighbors. Link alarms indicate the link availability, and
whether the configuration of link timeslot and MS is correct. Service alarms indicate whether
the services are interrupted, whether the service level is downgraded, and whether the service
trail is changed.

7-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 8 Protection

8 Protection

About This Chapter

The OptiX OSN 1500 supports equipment level protection and network level protection.

8.1 Equipment Level Protection


The equipment level protection includes TPS protection, 1+1 protection for boards and 1+1
protection for power supplies.
8.2 Network Level Protection
The network level protection includes MSP protection, SNCP protection and DNI protection.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
8 Protection Product Description

8.1 Equipment Level Protection


The equipment level protection includes TPS protection, 1+1 protection for boards and 1+1
protection for power supplies.

8.1.1 TPS Protection for Tributary Boards


The equipment supports TPS protection of many service types.
8.1.2 1+1 Hot Backup for the Cross-Connect, Timing and SCC Units
With the 1+1 protection for the cross-connect, timing and SCC units, the equipment can run in
a safe manner.
8.1.3 1+1 Protection for Ethernet Boards
The Ethernet boards support the 1+1 BPS, PPS and DLAG protection schemes.
8.1.4 1+1 Protection for ATM Boards
The N1IDL4 and N1IDQ1 boards of the OptiX OSN 1500 support board level 1+1 protection.
8.1.5 1+1 Hot Backup for the Power Interface Unit
The equipment supports 1+1 backup for the PIU.
8.1.6 Protection for the Wavelength Conversion Unit
The WDM board that supports the 1+1 protection is the N1LWX.
8.1.7 1:N Protection for the +3.3 V Board Power Supply
The equipment supports 1:N protection for the +3.3 V board power supply. With this protection,
the board can be supplied with power in a reliable manner.
8.1.8 Board Protection Schemes Under Abnormal Conditions
The protection schemes under abnormal conditions include undervoltage protection and
overvoltage protection.

8.1.1 TPS Protection for Tributary Boards


The equipment supports TPS protection of many service types.

Table 8-1 and Table 8-2 lists the supported TPS protection schemes and boards. Table 8-3 lists
the TPS protection parameters.

Table 8-1 TPS protection schemes and supported boards

Service Type Protection Scheme Supported Boards

E1/T1 One 1:N protection (N ≤ 2) N1PQM, N1PQ1, N2PQ1a

E1 Two 1:N protections (N ≤ 2) R1PD1, R2PD1

E3/T3/E4/STM-1 One 1:1 protection N1PD3, N1PL3, N2PD3, N2PL3,


N2PQ3, N1SPQ4, N2SPQ4,
N1SEP1

DDN One 1:N protection (N ≤ 2) N1DX1

Ethernet One 1:1 protection N2EFS0, N4EFS0

8-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 8 Protection

Service Type Protection Scheme Supported Boards

a: The N1PQ1 and N2PQ1 boards do not support T1 services.

Table 8-2 TPS protection schemes and supported boards of the OptiX OSN 1500A
Service Type Protection Scheme Supported Boards

E1 Two 1:N protections (N ≤ 2) R1PD1, R2PD1

E3/T3/E4/STM-1 One 1:1 protection N1PL3, N2PL3, N1SEP1

Table 8-3 TPS protection parameters


Parameter Description

Priority 1-X: X is equal to the number of working boards. Priority 1 is the


highest priority.

Switching type Forced switching, manual switching, lockout of switching

Switching condition Any of the following conditions triggers the switching:


l The clock of the working board is lost.
l The working board is offline.
l The working board is cold reset.
l The hardware of the working board fails.
l A switching command is issued.

Switching time ≤ 50 ms

Revertive mode Revertive

WTR time 300s to 720s. The WTR time of 600s is recommended.

8.1.2 1+1 Hot Backup for the Cross-Connect, Timing and SCC Units
With the 1+1 protection for the cross-connect, timing and SCC units, the equipment can run in
a safe manner.
For the OptiX OSN 1500, the cross-connect, timing and SCC units are integrated in the CXL
series boards. The CXL series boards adopt a 1+1 hot backup mechanism so that the cross-
connect and timing units are protected. Table 8-4 lists the 1+1 hot backup parameters of the
cross-connect, timing and SCC units.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
8 Protection Product Description

Table 8-4 1+1 hot backup parameters of the cross-connect, timing and SCC units
Parameter Description

Slots for working and Slot 4 and slot 5


protection boards

Switching condition Any of the following conditions triggers the switching:


l The working board is offline.
l The working board is cold reset.
l The board is warm reset and the switching protocol is triggered.
l The hardware of the working board fails.
l A switching command is issued.

Revertive mode Non-revertive. After successful switching, the original protection


board becomes the working board, and the original working board
becomes the protection board.

8.1.3 1+1 Protection for Ethernet Boards


The Ethernet boards support the 1+1 BPS, PPS and DLAG protection schemes.
l The N1EMS4, N1EGS4 and N3EGS4 boards support the 1+1 BPS, PPS and DLAG
protection.
Table 8-5 lists the 1+1 protection parameters for Ethernet boards.

Table 8-5 1+1 protection parameters of Ethernet boards


Parameter BPS, PPS DLAG

Slots for The bandwidth of the protection board is not less than the bandwidth of the
working and working board.
protection
boards

8-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 8 Protection

Parameter BPS, PPS DLAG

Switching Any of the following conditions Any of the following conditions


condition triggers the switching: triggers the switching:
l The port status of the working l The port to be protected on the
board is Link Down. working board is in the Link
l The clock of the working board is Down state.
lost. l The clock of the working board is
l The hardware of the working lost.
board fails. l The hardware of the working
l The working board is off line. board fails.
l A switching command is issued. l The working board is off line.
l The working board fails to
transmit and receive packets, but
the protection board transmits
and receives packets
successfully.

Switching ≤ 350 ms In full duplex mode: ≤ 4 s


time In auto-negotiation mode: ≤ 500 ms

When a protection group needs to perform the BPS or PPS or DLAG protection switching, the
following conditions must be met.
l The equipment interconnected with the protection group must have the same working mode
as the protection group.
l The transmit end and the receive end should be connected directly through optical fibers
or network cables. No intermediate equipment should be present between the two ends.
l The working mode should not be modified. Otherwise, the protection group becomes
abnormal.

CAUTION
The equipment cannot detect the modification of the working mode at the receive end of the
protection group.

8.1.4 1+1 Protection for ATM Boards


The N1IDL4 and N1IDQ1 boards of the OptiX OSN 1500 support board level 1+1 protection.
Table 8-6 lists the 1+1 protection parameters of ATM boards.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
8 Protection Product Description

Table 8-6 1+1 protection parameters of ATM boards

Parameter Description

Slots for working and Configurable as required.


protection boards

Switching condition Any of the following conditions triggers the switching:


l A manual switching command is issued.
l The working board is offline.
l The working board is under a cold reset.
l The power supply of the working board fails.
l The clock of the working board fails.
l The hardware of the working board fails.

Revertive mode Non-revertive

Switching time ≤ 50 ms

8.1.5 1+1 Hot Backup for the Power Interface Unit


The equipment supports 1+1 backup for the PIU.

The OptiX OSN 1500 can access two -48 V DC power supplies by using two R1PIU or
R1PIUA boards. These two power supplies provide a mutual backup for each other. When either
of them fails, the other power supply provides a backup to ensure normal operation of the
equipment.

8.1.6 Protection for the Wavelength Conversion Unit


The WDM board that supports the 1+1 protection is the N1LWX.

In the OptiX OSN 1500, the arbitrary bit rate wavelength conversion unit N1LWX has two types:
One is single fed and single receiving, and the other is dual fed and selective receiving.

A dual fed and selective receiving N1LWX board supports intra-board protection, and one board
of this type can realize optical channel protection. The single fed and single receiving LWX
boards support inter-board protection, that is, 1+1 inter-board hot backup protection.

Table 8-7 lists the 1+1 inter-board protection parameters of the N1LWX board.

Table 8-7 1+1 inter-board protection parameters of N1LWX

Parameter Description

Slots for working and Configurable as required.


protection boards

Switching condition Any of the following conditions triggers the switching:


l The hardware of the working board fails.
l A switching command is issued.

8-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 8 Protection

Parameter Description

Revertive mode Non-revertive

Switching time ≤ 50 ms

8.1.7 1:N Protection for the +3.3 V Board Power Supply


The equipment supports 1:N protection for the +3.3 V board power supply. With this protection,
the board can be supplied with power in a reliable manner.
The OptiX OSN 1500 provides reliable power backup for the +3.3 V power supply of other
boards, including the SCC and service boards by using the power backup unit on the R1AUX
or R2AUX board. When the power supply of a board fails, the backup power supply immediately
provides backup to ensure the normal operation of the board.

8.1.8 Board Protection Schemes Under Abnormal Conditions


The protection schemes under abnormal conditions include undervoltage protection and
overvoltage protection.

Power-Down Protection During Software Loading


The verification function is provided for applications and data. After software loading is
interrupted, the basic input/output system (BIOS) does not boot any applications or data that are
not successfully or completely loaded. Instead, the BIOS waits for the loading to be resumed,
until the software is successfully and completely loaded.

Overvoltage or Undervoltage Protection for Power Supply


The power board provides a lightning protection component to effectively avoid the damage
that may be caused by transient high voltages such as lightning.
When a board is in undervoltage, the board automatically resets its CPU so that the software can
re-initialize the chip.
The software provides mirroring protection for key registers whose abnormality can affect
services. In this case, when the value of such a register is changed due to unstable voltages, the
value can be restored to normal.
When a board is in undervoltage, the power system also automatically turns off the power supply
on the main loop so that the system is protected.

Board Temperature Detection


Temperature detection circuits are built in boards (for example, the cross-connect and timing
board) that generates a large amount of heat. When the board detects a high temperature, an
alarm is generated to prompt the maintenance personnel about cleaning the fans.

8.2 Network Level Protection


The network level protection includes MSP protection, SNCP protection and DNI protection.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
8 Protection Product Description

8.2.1 Linear MSP


The linear MSP rings supported by the equipment are 1+1 single-ended switching, 1+1 dual-
ended switching and 1:N dual-ended switching MSP rings.
8.2.2 MSP Ring
The MSP rings supported by the equipment are four-fiber MSP ring and two-fiber MSP ring.
8.2.3 SNCP
The subnet connection protection schemes are SNCP, SNCMP and SNCTP.
8.2.4 DNI
The DNI is a protection scheme used for the dual-node interconnection topology.
8.2.5 Fiber-Shared Virtual Trail Protection
When the fiber-shared virtual trail protection is used, an STM-16, STM-4 or even STM-1 optical
channel is logically divided into several lower order or higher order channels. These channels
are then connected to other links at the channel layer to form rings. In the case of the rings at
the channel layer, protection schemes such as the MSP, SNCP and non-protection can be set
accordingly.
8.2.6 Optical-Path-Shared MSP
In the optical-path-shared MSP scheme, an optical interface can be configured into multiple
MSP groups, so multiple MSP rings can share the same fiber and optical interface.
8.2.7 RPR Protection
The RPR protection schemes are Wrapping and Steering.
8.2.8 VP-Ring/VC-Ring Protection
The protection scheme at the ATM layer is VP-Ring/VC-Ring.

8.2.1 Linear MSP


The linear MSP rings supported by the equipment are 1+1 single-ended switching, 1+1 dual-
ended switching and 1:N dual-ended switching MSP rings.

The linear MSP is mainly used in a chain network. The OptiX OSN 1500 provides 1+1 and 1:N
(N≤14) protection schemes, and supports a maximum of 12 linear MSPs. In the 1:N protection
scheme, extra services are supported to be transmitted on the protection system. The switching
time of linear MSP is less than 50 ms, as required in ITU-T G.841.

For details, refer to the OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System Planning
Guidelines.

Table 8-8 lists the linear MSP parameters.

Table 8-8 Linear MSP parameters

Protection Revertive Switching Switching Default Switching


Type Mode Protocol Time WTR Condition
Time

1+1 single- Non- Not ≤ 50 ms - Any of the


ended revertive required following
switching conditions
triggers the
switching:

8-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 8 Protection

Protection Revertive Switching Switching Default Switching


Type Mode Protocol Time WTR Condition
Time

1+1 single- Revertive Not ≤ 50 ms 600s l R_LOS


ended required l R_LOF
switching
l MS_AIS
1+1 dual- Non- APS ≤ 50 ms - l B2_EXC
ended revertive protocol
l B2_SD
switching
(optional)
1+1 dual- Revertive APS ≤ 50 ms 600s l Forced
ended protocol switching
switching l Manual
1:N dual- Revertive APS ≤ 50 ms 600s switching
ended protocol l Exercise
switching switching

8.2.2 MSP Ring


The MSP rings supported by the equipment are four-fiber MSP ring and two-fiber MSP ring.
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the hybrid application of two-fiber and four-fiber MSP rings,
with the switching time less than 50 ms, as required in ITU-T G.841.
Table 8-9 lists the maximum number of MSP rings supported by the OptiX OSN 1500.
For details, refer to the OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System Planning
Guidelines.

Table 8-9 Maximum number of MSP rings supported by the OptiX OSN 1500
Protection Scheme Maximum Number of MSP
Rings Supported

STM-16 four-fiber MSP ring 1

STM-16 two-fiber MSP ring 2

Table 8-10 lists the MSP ring parameters.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
8 Protection Product Description

Table 8-10 MSP ring parameters

Protection Revertive Switching Switching Default Switching


Type Mode Mode Time WTR Condition
Time

Two-fiber Revertive l Forced ≤ 50 ms 600s Any of the


bidirectional switching following
MSP l Manual conditions
switching triggers the
switching:
l Exercise
switching l R_LOS
l R_LOF
Two-fiber Revertive l Forced ≤ 50 ms 600s l MS_AIS
unidirectional switching
MSP l B2_EXC
l Manual
l B2_SD
switching
(Optional)
l Exercise
l Forced
switching
switching
Four-fiber Revertive l Forced ≤ 50 ms 600s l Manual
bidirectional switching - switching
MSP ring l Exercise
l Manual switching
switching -
ring
l Exercise
switching -
ring
l Forced
switching -
span
l Manual
switching -
span
l Exercise
switching -
span

The MSP supported by the OptiX OSN 1500 has the following features.

Adjustable MS Bandwidth
The MS bandwidth refers to the number of VC-4s used by an MSP ring or chain.

In the case of the MSP, the OptiX OSN 1500 supports the bandwidth adjustment by VC-4 without
interrupting services. For an STM-16 bidirectional MSP ring, the MS bandwidth ranges from
one VC-4 to eight VC-4s. For an STM-16 four-fiber bidirectional MSP ring, the MS bandwidth
ranges from one VC-4 to 16 VC-4s.

8-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 8 Protection

Upgradeable MS Bandwidth
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports in-service upgrade of the MS bandwidth without interrupting
services. For example, an STM-4 MSP ring can be upgraded to an STM-16 MSP ring without
interrupting services.

Two Sets of K Bytes at the Multiplex Section


For STM-16 optical interfaces, the OptiX OSN 1500 is able to process two sets of K bytes at
the multiplex section. In this case, two MSP rings can be set up in one optical interface.

MS Squelching
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the squelching of misconnected services at the VC-4 level.
In an MSP ring, each protection timeslot is shared by different spans or occupied by extra traffic.
When there is no extra traffic in the ring, and a multipoint failure causes a node to be isolated
from the ring, traffics that occupy the same timeslot may try to preempt this timeslot. As a result,
the misconnection of services occurs. When extra traffic is transmitted in the protection path,
the traffic on the working path may preempt the protection timeslot that is being used by extra
traffic, even if only one point fails in the ring. As a result, the misconnection also occurs.
To prevent service misconnection, each OptiX OSN 1500 node sets up a detailed list of
connections. Each node knows the source and the sink of any AU-4. With the automatic
protection switching (APS) commands, each node can detect in advance the possibility of
misconnection. By inserting the AU-AIS alarm, each node then discards these services that may
be misconnected.

8.2.3 SNCP
The subnet connection protection schemes are SNCP, SNCMP and SNCTP.
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the SNCP, SNCMP, and SNCTP of the VC-12, VC-3, VC-4,
and AU-3 services.

SNCP
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the end-to-end conversion between an unprotected trail and an
SNCP-protected trail. See Figure 8-1.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
8 Protection Product Description

Figure 8-1 End-to-end conversion between an unprotected trail and an SNCP-protected trail
The unprotected trail

NE2 NE6
NE1 NE3 NE5 NE7
NE4 NE8

Convert to an unprotected trail Convert to an SNCP-protected trail


The working trail

NE2 NE6
NE1 NE3 NE5 NE7
NE4 NE8

The protction trail

In the trail management window of the T2000, you can convert an exiting unprotected trail to
an SNCP-protected trail. In the opposite way, you can also convert an SNCP-protected trail to
an unprotected trail. In addition, the following trail-level operations are supported:

l Manual switching to protection path


l Manual switching to working path
l Forced switching to protection path
l Forced switching to working path
l Wait-to-restore (WTR) time setting
l Revertive mode setting

Table 8-11 lists the SNCP parameters.

Table 8-11 SNCP parameters

Protection Revertive Switching Default Switching


Type Mode Time WTR Time Conditions

SNCP Revertive ≤ 50 ms 600s Any of the following


conditions triggers the
switching:
l R_LOS
l R_LOF
l AU_LOP
l TU_LOP

8-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 8 Protection

Protection Revertive Switching Default Switching


Type Mode Time WTR Time Conditions

Non-revertive ≤ 50 ms - l MS_AIS
l AU_AIS
l TU_AIS
l HP_UNEQ
(Optional)
l HP_TIM (Optional)
l B2_EXC
l B3_EXC (Optional)
l B3_SD (Optional)
l BIP_EXC
l BIP_SD

SNCMP
The SNCMP is an N+1 (which means multiple protection paths protect a working path)
protection scheme. The SNCMP is different from the SNCP in that the SNCP is a 1+1 protection
scheme.
The SNCMP provides multiple protection paths for a service. In this case, the service protection
is implemented by a mechanism of multiple fed at the source and selective receiving at the sink.
The SNCMP is supplementary to the SNCP.
Figure 8-2 illustrates the principle of multipath protection. The source broadcasts services to
multiple paths, and the sink determines which service to receive according to the service priority
and then the service quality. When services are correctly received on both the working and
protection paths, the sink selects the service from the working path.

Figure 8-2 Principle of multipath protection


A B

Working

Protection 1
Source Sink
Intermediate
Protection 2 subnetworks
Protection 3

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
8 Protection Product Description

In the SNCMP networking shown in Figure 8-3, two protection paths protect a working path,
and Protection 2 is a protection path that uses microwave as the transmission media. Under
normal conditions, NE3 receives the service from the working path.

Figure 8-3 SNCMP networking

NE 3

NE 4
NE 2

Microware
Protection 1 NE 1 Working
Radio

Protection 2

Microware
Radio

When the transmission between NE1 and NE2 becomes faulty, as shown in Figure 8-4, NE3
receives the service from the higher priority protection path Protection 1.

8-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 8 Protection

Figure 8-4 SNCMP service route in the case of single point failure

NE 3

NE 4
NE 2

Microware
Protection 1 NE 1 Working
Radio

Protection 2

Microware
Radio

When the transmissions between NE1 and NE2, and between NE1 and NE4, both become faulty,
as shown in Figure 8-5, NE3 receives the service from the second protection path Protection 2.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
8 Protection Product Description

Figure 8-5 SNCMP service route in the case of multipoint failure

NE 3

NE 4
NE 2

Working Microware
Protection 1
NE 1 Radio

Protection 2

Microware
Radio

SNCTP
The SNCTP provides protection paths at the VC-4 level. When the working path is faulty, all
its services can be switched to the protection path.
The SNCTP is different from the SNCP in that the SNCTP checks the status of only the entire
VC-4 path, and such a check is irrelevant to the levels of services in the path. When the working
path is faulty, relevant higher order alarms are raised, and then all services in the working path
are switched to the protection path. If the fault is relevant only to lower order services, lower
order alarms are raised, and the switching does not occur.

8.2.4 DNI
The DNI is a protection scheme used for the dual-node interconnection topology.
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the DNI protection, which is compliant with the ITU-T G.842.
The DNI network topology protection scheme effectively enhances the reliability of inter-ring
services. The DNI realizes the protection of services between two rings, which are networked
by the equipment from different vendors and adopt different protection schemes. The DNI
provides protection in the case of fiber failure and node failure.
The DNI provides protection for services between the following rings:
l Two SNCP rings
l An SNCP ring and an MSP ring
l Two MSP rings

8-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 8 Protection

Figure 8-6 illustrates a DNI protection of two SNCP rings.

Figure 8-6 DNI protection of two SNCP rings


NE A

SNCP Ring
1

NE C NE D

NE E NE F

SNCP Ring
2

NE G
Selecting Point
Forward Working Routing
Reverse Working Routing

When any of the following faults occurs, the inter-ring services can be protected.
l A fiber cut occurs on SNCP Ring 1.
l A fiber cut occurs on SNCP Ring 2.
l A fiber cut occurs on the two SNCP rings.
l NE C (primary node) or NE D (secondary node) is faulty.
l NE E (primary node) or NE F (secondary node) is faulty.
l NE C and NE E are faulty.
l NE D and NE F are faulty.
The primary node and the secondary node protect each other. When one node is faulty, inter-
ring services are not affected.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-17


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
8 Protection Product Description

8.2.5 Fiber-Shared Virtual Trail Protection


When the fiber-shared virtual trail protection is used, an STM-16, STM-4 or even STM-1 optical
channel is logically divided into several lower order or higher order channels. These channels
are then connected to other links at the channel layer to form rings. In the case of the rings at
the channel layer, protection schemes such as the MSP, SNCP and non-protection can be set
accordingly.
Figure 8-7 shows the fiber-shared virtual trail protection.

Figure 8-7 Fiber-shared virtual trail protection

STM-16
STM-16

STM-4 STM-4
SNCP MSP

8.2.6 Optical-Path-Shared MSP


In the optical-path-shared MSP scheme, an optical interface can be configured into multiple
MSP groups, so multiple MSP rings can share the same fiber and optical interface.
A prerequisite for this function is that the optical interface board must be able to process multiple
sets of independent K bytes. N1SL16, N2SL16, N3SL16 and N1SF16 of the OptiX OSN 1500
support the configuration of shared optical paths. An STM-16 optical interface supports a
maximum of two sets of K bytes.
Figure 8-8 shows the networking of two-fiber optical-path-shared MSP supported by the OptiX
OSN 1500.

8-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 8 Protection

Figure 8-8 Optical-path-shared MSP

STM-4 Optical- STM-4


STM-4
path-shared
MSP ring
STM-16

STM-4 Optical-
path-shared
MSP ring
STM-4 STM-4

For example, two lower-rate west line units share one higher-rate east line unit, as shown in
Figure 8-9.

Figure 8-9 One higher-rate line shared by two lower-rate lines

MSP ring 1
STM-4

STM-16

MSP ring 2 STM-4

The OptiX OSN 1500 also supports the line units of the same rate to form a shared protection
in two directions, as shown in Figure 8-10. In this case, the west STM-16 line units can only
add part of their VC-4s into the MSP ring protection group.

Figure 8-10 One line shared by two lines of the same rate

MSP ring 1
STM-16

STM-16

MSP ring 2 STM-16

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-19


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
8 Protection Product Description

8.2.7 RPR Protection


The RPR protection schemes are Wrapping and Steering.
Figure 8-11 shows a bidirectional RPR that is of a reverse dual-ring structure. The outer ring
and the inner ring both transmit data packets and control packets. The control packets on the
inner ring carry the control information of the data packets on the outer ring, and the control
packets on the outer ring carry the control information of the data packets on the inner ring.
The RPR has the following advantage: On the RPR, every node assumes that the packets added
to the ring will finally reach their destination, regardless of which path is used. A node can only
perform three types of operations on the packets, that is, insertion (adding a new packet onto the
ring), forwarding (forwarding the packet), and stripping (dropping the packet locally). Compared
with a mesh network, an Ethernet ring considerably decreases the communication traffic among
nodes. This is because a mesh network determines the forwarding port on the basis of every
single packet.

Figure 8-11 Example of bidirectional RPR


Node 4

Outer ring

Inner ring
Node 3 Node 5

RPR

Node 2 Node 1

In the case of a fiber cut, the RPR provides the wrapping and steering functions for packets.
The wrapping function connects the inner ring and the outer ring at the two nodes that are adjacent
to the fiber cut point. See Figure 8-12.

8-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 8 Protection

Figure 8-12 RPR wrapping protection

Node 4

Outer ring

Inner ring
Node 3 Node 5
RPR

Node 2 Node 1

Wapping

The steering function reversely transmits packets from the transmit node in the case of a fiber
cut. See Figure 8-13.

Figure 8-13 RPR steering protection

Node 4

Outer ring

Inner ring
Node 3 Node 5
RPR

Node 1
Node 2

Steering

In both protection schemes, the packets can reach their destination in a reverse direction, and
the service failure time is less than 50 ms. During the protection switching, the wrapping function
is usually performed first. After the new topology and the new service trail are created, the
steering function is then performed. Such a mechanism ensures that packets are not lost during
the protection switching, and that the protection switching time is decreased.

8.2.8 VP-Ring/VC-Ring Protection


The protection scheme at the ATM layer is VP-Ring/VC-Ring.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-21


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
8 Protection Product Description

Figure 8-14 shows the principle of VP-Ring/VC-Ring protection at the ATM layer. The VP-
Ring/VC-Ring protection scheme reserves the protection resources, and can be applied on any
physical topology. The reserved protection resources include routes and bandwidths.

Figure 8-14 VP-Ring/VC-Ring protection


NE2

Working path
ATM ATM
service service

NE1 Protection path NE3

NE4

The OptiX OSN 1500 provides protection for virtual paths (VPs) and virtual channels (VCs),
and protects ATM services through a dual fed and selective receiving mechanism. Two
connections (VP/VC), which represent the working path and the protection path, are set up at
the source node NE1 and the sink node NE3. In normal conditions, the receive end selects the
service from the working path. When the primary ring becomes faulty, the receive end detects
the failure and triggers the protection. In this way, the receive end selects the service from the
protection path, and thus the ATM service is protected.

8-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 9 Clock

9 Clock

About This Chapter

The equipment can trace several clock sources. It also provides the clock protection function.

9.1 Clock Source


The OptiX OSN 1500 can trace different types of clock sources, which are as follows:
9.2 Clock Working Mode
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the clock working mode that complies with ITU-T G.781. The
modes are as follows:
9.3 Clock Outputs
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports three clock output schemes and two external clock outputs.
9.4 Clock Protection
The OptiX OSN 1500 provide the function for managing the SSM. The standard SSM and
extended SSM can be configured for clock protection switching.
9.5 Tributary Retiming
The retiming function is performed to combine service data and reference timing signals from
a digital synchronization network, and then to transmit the signals to the receiver.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
9 Clock Product Description

9.1 Clock Source


The OptiX OSN 1500 can trace different types of clock sources, which are as follows:

l External clock source


l Line clock source
l Tributary clock source
l Internal clock source

The OptiX OSN 1500 supports priority setting for clock sources. By default, the internal clock
source is of the lowest priority.
9.1.1 External Clock Source
The OptiX OSN 1500 support two external clock source inputs.
9.1.2 Line Clock Source
The OptiX OSN 1500 can trace the line clock source.
9.1.3 Tributary Clock Source
The OptiX OSN 1500 can trace tributary clock sources.
9.1.4 Internal Clock Source
When all the line, tributary and external clock sources in the priority list are not usable, or when
only the internal clock source is available in the priority list, the OptiX OSN 1500 uses the
internal clock source as the system clock.

9.1.1 External Clock Source


The OptiX OSN 1500 support two external clock source inputs.
l Two 75-ohm external clock inputs (2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz)
l Two 120-ohm external clock inputs (2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz)

9.1.2 Line Clock Source


The OptiX OSN 1500 can trace the line clock source.

9.1.3 Tributary Clock Source


The OptiX OSN 1500 can trace tributary clock sources.

The specific tracing relation is as follows.

l When tracing tributary clock sources, the NE can only trace the first port (corresponding
to the first physical port) or the second port (corresponding to the ninth physical port)
displayed on the T2000 for the PQ1, PQM and PD1.
l When tracing tributary clock sources, the NE can only trace the first port (corresponding
to the first physical port) or the second port (corresponding to the fourth physical port)
displayed on the T2000 for the PD3, PQ3.
l When tracing tributary clock sources, the NE can only trace the first port (corresponding
to the first physical port) displayed on the T2000 for the PL3, DX1.

9-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 9 Clock

l When tracing tributary clock sources, the NE can only trace the first port (corresponding
to any physical port) displayed on the T2000 for the SPQ4.

9.1.4 Internal Clock Source


When all the line, tributary and external clock sources in the priority list are not usable, or when
only the internal clock source is available in the priority list, the OptiX OSN 1500 uses the
internal clock source as the system clock.

9.2 Clock Working Mode


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the clock working mode that complies with ITU-T G.781. The
modes are as follows:

l Locked mode
l Holdover mode
l Free-run mode
9.2.1 Locked Mode
In the locked mode, the OptiX OSN 1500 traces one clock source from the line clock source,
tributary clock source and the external clock source.
9.2.2 Holdover Mode
If all the clock sources are lost, the OptiX OSN 1500 uses the frequency information stored
before the clock source is lost. The frequency information complies with the related phase
standard defined in ITU-T G.813.
9.2.3 Free-Run Mode
The OptiX OSN 1500 works under the inherent frequency of its internal crystal oscillator whose
frequency stability is not lower than ±4.6 ppm.

9.2.1 Locked Mode


In the locked mode, the OptiX OSN 1500 traces one clock source from the line clock source,
tributary clock source and the external clock source.

9.2.2 Holdover Mode


If all the clock sources are lost, the OptiX OSN 1500 uses the frequency information stored
before the clock source is lost. The frequency information complies with the related phase
standard defined in ITU-T G.813.

9.2.3 Free-Run Mode


The OptiX OSN 1500 works under the inherent frequency of its internal crystal oscillator whose
frequency stability is not lower than ±4.6 ppm.

9.3 Clock Outputs


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports three clock output schemes and two external clock outputs.

The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the following clock outputs:

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
9 Clock Product Description

l Line clock outputs


l Tributary clock outputs
l External clock outputs
NOTE

For tributary clock outputs, the OptiX OSN 1500 supports the tributary retiming function, which helps
improve the quality of the output tributary clock.

The OptiX OSN 1500 supports two external clock outputs:


l Two 75-ohm external clock outputs (2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz)
l Two 120-ohm external clock outputs (2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz)
NOTE

For external clock outputs, only two 75-ohm or two 120-ohm clocks can be used, but both the clocks cannot
be applied.

9.4 Clock Protection


The OptiX OSN 1500 provide the function for managing the SSM. The standard SSM and
extended SSM can be configured for clock protection switching.
The OptiX OSN 1500 provide the synchronization status message (SSM) function for
synchronous clocks. Either the standard SSM or the extended SSM can be configured to realize
the protection switching of clocks.
9.4.1 Clock Configuration with SSM Not Enabled
In the case of the OptiX OSN 1500, when the SSM is not enabled, it indicates that the S1 byte
is not used. In this case, the clock sources are selected or switched according to the priority list.
The clock source with the highest priority is the tracing source.
9.4.2 Clock Configuration with Standard SSM Enabled
The standard SSM allows the OptiX OSN 1500 to choose the clock source of the highest quality
to prevent the generation of clock tracing ring.
9.4.3 Clock Configuration with Extended SSM Enabled
The standard SSM cannot prevent the clock lock ring in all cases. In this case, Huawei provides
the concept of the clock source ID.

9.4.1 Clock Configuration with SSM Not Enabled


In the case of the OptiX OSN 1500, when the SSM is not enabled, it indicates that the S1 byte
is not used. In this case, the clock sources are selected or switched according to the priority list.
The clock source with the highest priority is the tracing source.
The priority list can be manually configured. Figure 9-1 shows the clock configuration and the
priority list when the SSM is not enabled.

9-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 9 Clock

Figure 9-1 Clock networking with SSM not enabled

BITS Node 1
Priority 1: BITS
Priority 2: Internal

Slot 8 Slot 11
Slot 11
Node 2 Slot 8 Node 4
Priority 1: Slot 11 Priority 1: Slot 8
Priority 2: Slot 8 Priority 2: Slot 11
Priority 3: Internal Slot 8 Slot 11 Priority 3: Internal

Slot 11 Slot 8

Node 3
Priority 1: Slot 11
Clock tracing Priority 2: Slot 8
Priority 3: Internal

9.4.2 Clock Configuration with Standard SSM Enabled


The standard SSM allows the OptiX OSN 1500 to choose the clock source of the highest quality
to prevent the generation of clock tracing ring.
Figure 9-2 shows the application of the standard SSM.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
9 Clock Product Description

Figure 9-2 Application of the standard SSM

BITS

Node 1
Fiber
break
Slot 8 Slot 11
Slot 11
Slot 8
Node 2 Node 4
Slot 8 Slot 11

Slot 11 Slot 8

Node 3

Node, Node 2 automatically select the


Clock clock source of the highest quality.
tracing

9.4.3 Clock Configuration with Extended SSM Enabled


The standard SSM cannot prevent the clock lock ring in all cases. In this case, Huawei provides
the concept of the clock source ID.
The extended SSM uses the first four bits of the S1 byte as the clock source ID and the latter
four bits to indicate the quality of the clock source. The first four bits of the S1 byte is used to
specify the unique ID of a clock source. These four bits are transmitted along with the SSM.
When receiving the S1 byte, a node checks if the clock source ID is transmitted by itself. If the
clock source ID is transmitted by itself, the node considers the clock source as unavailable. In
this way, this avoids the occurrence of the clock lock ring.
Figure 9-3 shows the clock lock ring formed when the standard SSM is enabled.
Figure 9-4 shows the application of the clock source ID when the extended SSM is enabled.

9-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 9 Clock

Figure 9-3 Clock lock ring formed when the standard SSM is enabled

BITS BITS
BITS
Node 1
failure Node 1

Node 2 Node 4
Node 2 Node 4
Clock mutual tracing
Node 3 caused by BITS failure Node 3
Clock
tracing

Figure 9-4 Application of clock source ID

BITS
BITS
failure

Node 1
Node 2 Node 4

Node 3
Node 1 finds that the ID sent from Node 4 is 1,
which is originated from itself. Node 1 will not
trace it to avoid the clock mutual tracing.

Clock tracing

A clock source ID can be manually set. In the case of the configuration of clock protection for
an SDH ring network, the clock ID is always manually set, to effectively avoid the occurrence
of clock lock ring. The clock ID occurs only at key nodes rather than all the nodes in an SDH
network. To set the clock source ID, do as follows:
l Allocate a clock ID for every external BITS.
l Allocate a clock ID for the internal clock source of every node that has an external BITS.
l In case of signals that travel from a chain or a ring into another ring, allocate a clock ID
for the internal clock source of every junction node.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
9 Clock Product Description

l In case of signals that travel from a chain or a ring into another ring, allocate a clock ID
for the line clock source (if any line source is involved at a junction node) in the direction
that the signal travels at every junction node.

9.5 Tributary Retiming


The retiming function is performed to combine service data and reference timing signals from
a digital synchronization network, and then to transmit the signals to the receiver.

9.5.1 Retiming Principle


With the retiming technology, the 2048 kbit/s tributary in an SDH system is able to transmit
reference timing signals.
9.5.2 Application of the Retiming Function
PDH signals can pass through an SDH network with or without retiming.

9.5.1 Retiming Principle


With the retiming technology, the 2048 kbit/s tributary in an SDH system is able to transmit
reference timing signals.

Figure 9-5 shows the retiming principle.

Figure 9-5 Retiming principle diagram


Extract clock ( f0 )
SDH clock
source SEC

Extract clock ( f1 )
PLL

f0
Desynchronization Retiming buffer
f1
Input tributary signal
Input tributary signal

The retiming function is performed in the following process:

l The phase-lock loop (PLL) is used to extract clock f1 from the received tributary signals.
l The desynchronization function is used to recover the tributary signal data in an error-free
manner, and then to store the data in the retiming buffer.
l The SDH equipment clock (SEC) f0, which is synchronous with the digital synchronization
network, is extracted and then added into the tributary signal data.

In this way, the output tributary signals carry a good timing reference, which serves the
synchronous service equipment.

9.5.2 Application of the Retiming Function


PDH signals can pass through an SDH network with or without retiming.

9-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 9 Clock

PDH Signals Passing Through an SDH Network Without Retiming


Figure 9-6 shows how PDH signals pass through an SDH network without retiming. On the
synchronous service equipment i, the reference frequency f1 locks on f0 to avoid a periodical
slip. When PDH signals are adapted into the SDH transmission network, pointer justifications
cause phase jumps of output PDH signals, and thus frequency f1 of the output PDH signals
becomes asynchronous with f0. As a result, the frequency of output signals cannot be used as a
timing reference for equipment k, such as a digital stored program control (SPC) switch.

Figure 9-6 SDH transmission network without retiming


SDH transmission network

PRC

f1 f0
f0

S D
f1 f1 Synchronous
Synchronous
S SDH SDH D service
service
S MUX MUX D equipment k
equipment i

S D

f 1: PDH signal frequency The tributary signal frequency


f 0: Frequency that traces an SDH PRC cannot be used as a synchronization
S : Synchronization clock for equipment k.
D : Desynchronization
R : Retiming
PRC: SDH primary reference clock

PDH Signals Passing Through an SDH Network with Retiming


Figure 9-7 shows how PDH signals pass through an SDH network with retiming. On the
synchronous service equipment i, the reference frequency f1 locks on f0 to avoid a periodical
slip. At the network output end, the retiming function provides a local timing reference f0, and
thus jitters and wanders caused by pointer justifications are absorbed. Frequency f1 of the output
PDH signals is still synchronous with f0, so equipment k can extract tributary timing signals for
the synchronization purpose.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
9 Clock Product Description

Figure 9-7 SDH transmission network with retiming


Transmission network

PRC

f1 f0
f0

S D
Synchronous f1 Synchronous
service S SDH SDH D service
equipment S MUX MUX D equipment
i f0 k
S D R

f1: PDH signal frequency The tributary signal frequency can


f0: Frequency that traces an SDH PRC f0 be used as a synchronization clock
S: Synchronization for equipment k.
D: Desynchronization SEC
R: Retiming
PRC: SDH primary reference clock
SEC: SDH equipment clock

The transmission network in Figure 9-7 can be a single SDH network, or a combination of
several SDH and PDH networks.

9-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 10 OAM

10 OAM

About This Chapter

The OptiX OSN 1500 provides maintenance and management functions.

10.1 Operation and Maintenance


The cabinet, boards and functions of the OptiX OSN 1500 system are designed according to the
customer requirements to facilitate the operation and maintenance of the equipment. Hence, the
OptiX OSN 1500 system provides powerful equipment maintenance capability for customers.
10.2 Network Management
The OptiX OSN 1500 is uniformly managed by the OptiX iManager T2000 transmission network
management system. The T2000 manages the OSN, SDH, Metro and DWDM equipment in the
entire network. In compliance with ITU-T Recommendations, the T2000 adopts a standard
management information model and the object-oriented management technology. The T2000
exchanges information with the NE software through the communication module, to implement
monitoring and management over the network equipment.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
10 OAM Product Description

10.1 Operation and Maintenance


The cabinet, boards and functions of the OptiX OSN 1500 system are designed according to the
customer requirements to facilitate the operation and maintenance of the equipment. Hence, the
OptiX OSN 1500 system provides powerful equipment maintenance capability for customers.

Alarm and Performance Management


l In the case of any emergency, the CXL board generates audible and visual alarms to prompt
the network administrators to take proper measures.
l The AUX board provides three alarm input interfaces, one alarm output interface to
facilitate operation and maintenance of the equipment.
l Each board provides running and alarm indicators to help the network administrators to
locate and handle faults quickly.
l Alarm storms can be suppressed. If the number of reported alarms exceeds 930, the NE
reports that the excessive alarms are generated. Then it does not report excessive alarms.
l The connectivity of the network cable between NEs can be automatically monitored. After
detecting any faults, they automatically report the relevant alarms.
l The working temperature of some boards can be queried.
l When the MSP or TPS switching occurs, the state of an alarm or of a performance event
is not changed in the working path. Thus, the service administrator focuses on the service
state only.

ALS Function
The OptiX OSN 1500 provides the automatic laser shutdown (ALS) function for the SDH optical
interfaces.
l When a fiber that connects two optical interfaces is cut, an R-LOS alarm is generated at
the optical interface of the local end. If the R_LOS alarm lasts for 500 ms, the laser of the
transmit optical interface at the local end is automatically shut down. By default, the laser
pulse is generated at the 60-second interval and lasts for 2s every time.
l After the fiber connection is restored, the optical interface at the opposite end detects the
laser pulse generated from the local end. The laser of the optical interface at the opposite
end then continuously launches laser beams. After receiving the laser beams launched by
the opposite end, the laser of the local end then also continuously launches the laser beams.
As a result, the two optical interfaces can communicate with each other and the R-LOS
alarm is cleared.

Optical Power Management


l The OptiX OSN 1500 supports in-service detection of the optical power of SDH and
Ethernet optical interfaces.
l The OptiX OSN 1500 provides the function to query the parameters of the SDH optical
module. The parameters that can be queried include the optical interface type, fiber mode
(single-mode or multi-mode), transmission distance, transmission rate and wavelength.
l The optical interface board uses the pluggable optical module. Users can choose single-
mode or multi-mode optical modules according to the requirement. This facilitates the
maintenance.

10-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 10 OAM

l The optical power threshold of the boards can be queried.

Multiple Maintenance Methods


l The OptiX OSN 1500 provides the orderwire phone function for management personnel
at different node sites to communicate with each other.
l The T2000 can be used to dynamically monitor the equipment running status and alarms
of each NE in a network.
l The in-service upgrade of the board software and the in-service loading of NE software are
supported. The board software and the FPGA can be remotely loaded with the error-proof
loading and resumable loading functions.
l The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the remote maintenance function. When the equipment
becomes faulty, the maintenance personnel can use the public phone network to remotely
maintain the OptiX OSN 1500 system.
l The N1PQ1, N1PQM, N2PQ1, line boards and Q3CXL1/4/16 support the PRBS test and
the remote bit error test.
l The OptiX OSN 1500 provides the press-to-collect function for fault data. This function
reduces the data collection time before service restoration. By using this function, the user
is able to selectively collect fault data, and to manually interrupt the collection according
to the requirement.
l The OptiX OSN 1500 provides the board version replacement function. This helps to
replace the board of an old version with the board of a new version. After the replacement,
the configuration and service status of the new version board are the same as the
configuration and service status of the old version board.
l Ethernet boards provide the OAM function. This function is used to automatically detect
faults in Ethernet, and to help locate and isolate these faults.
l The power consumption of the equipment and boards can be queried and controlled. After
a board is inserted, it does not work if the total power consumption of the boards exceeds
the power consumption threshold of the equipment.
l The port status can be queried.

10.2 Network Management


The OptiX OSN 1500 is uniformly managed by the OptiX iManager T2000 transmission network
management system. The T2000 manages the OSN, SDH, Metro and DWDM equipment in the
entire network. In compliance with ITU-T Recommendations, the T2000 adopts a standard
management information model and the object-oriented management technology. The T2000
exchanges information with the NE software through the communication module, to implement
monitoring and management over the network equipment.
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the simple network management protocol (SNMP), which solves
the uniform NMS problem for the networking of equipment from different vendors.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 11 Security Management

11 Security Management

About This Chapter

The T2000 uses many schemes to manage the security of the OptiX OSN 1500 NE.
11.1 Authentication Management
Considering the security, only the legal user can log in to the NE after authentication.
11.2 Authorization Management
Proper authority assignment to different NE users can ensure the successful operations
performed by each user and the security of the NE system.
11.3 Network Security Management
Safe data transmission between the T2000 and NEs is the prerequisite for the T2000 to effectively
manage the NEs.
11.4 System Security Management
Considering the security, the system provides some security policies, which must be executed
forcibly.
11.5 Log Management
The OptiX OSN 1500 provides log management functions.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
11 Security Management Product Description

11.1 Authentication Management


Considering the security, only the legal user can log in to the NE after authentication.
l NE login management: You can successfully log in to the NE only by entering a valid user
name and a valid password.
l NE user switching: On a client, only one user is allowed to operate the NE each time. For
this reason, if multiple users intend to operate the same NE simultaneously, they need to
be switched to ensure that the data is unique.
l Forcibly making other users exit from the NE: To avoid errors caused by simultaneous
configuration by multiple users, or to prevent other users from illegally logging in to the
NE, one user can forcibly make other users who are at lower level exit from the NE.
l NE login locking: After the locking function is enabled, a user whose level is lower than
that of the current user is not allowed to log in to the NE.
l NE setting locking: You can lock the settings of functional modules of the NE to prevent
other users from operating the locked modules.
l Query the online NE users.

11.2 Authorization Management


Proper authority assignment to different NE users can ensure the successful operations
performed by each user and the security of the NE system.
l NE user management:
– According to the operation authorities, NE users are divided into five levels, which
involve monitoring level, operation level, maintenance level, system level, and
debugging level in an ascending order.
– According to the T2000, NE users are classified into LCT NE users, EMS NE users,
CMD NE users, and general NE users.
– Create NE users, assign authorities, or specify a user flag.
– Modify the user name, change the password, modify the operation authority, or change
the user flag.
– Delete NE users.
l NE user group management:
– According to the operation authority, by default, NE user groups are divided into
administrator group, super administrator group, operator group, monitoring personnel
group, and maintenance personnel group.
– Modify the group of a user.

11.3 Network Security Management


Safe data transmission between the T2000 and NEs is the prerequisite for the T2000 to effectively
manage the NEs.
l The T2000 communicates with NEs through the security socket layer (SSL) protocol.
Therefore, the data is complete and safe.

11-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 11 Security Management

l Set the ACL rule to filter the received IP packets, control the data traffic in the network,
and to avoid malicious attack. According to the system security level, the ACL rule is
divided into basic ACL and advanced ACL.
– For an NE that requires lower security level, you can set the basic ACL rule only to
check the source address of the IP packets only.
– For an NE that requires higher security level, you can set the advanced ACL rule. In
this case, the NE checks the source address, sink address, source port, sink port, and
protocol type of the received IP packets.
– If both the advanced and the basic ACL rules are available, the NE adopts the advanced
ACL rule to check the packets.
– Query the ACL rule.
– Modify the ACL rule.
– Delete the ACL rule.
l An NE can access the T2000 by using any of the following methods:
– Access over the Ethernet network. By default, an NE allows the T2000 to access it over
the Ethernet network.
– Access through the OAM port.
l Control the access to NEs by using LCT: If the T2000 LCT needs to be used to manage
NEs, you can enable the LCT access authority allowed by the NE on the T2000.
l When the T2000 communicates with an NE, confidential data (such as user name and
password) is encrypted.

11.4 System Security Management


Considering the security, the system provides some security policies, which must be executed
forcibly.
l Query or set the Warning Screen information of the NE.
l Query and set the Warning Screen switch of the NE to decide whether to report an alarm
after a user logs in to the NE.
l Query or set the earliest expiry time and the latest expiry time of the password.
l Query or set the maximum number of illegal login attempts.
l Query or set the maximum number of overdue password attempts.
l Query or set the password uniqueness.

11.5 Log Management


The OptiX OSN 1500 provides log management functions.
11.5.1 NE Security Log Management
The NE security logs record the operations performed by all the NE users and the operation
results. By querying these logs, the administrator can trace and review the operations.
11.5.2 Syslog Management
The system log service (Syslog service) is used for the security management on an NE. For
unified control by maintenance engineers, all types of information are transmitted to the log
server in the format complying with the system log (Syslog) protocol.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
11 Security Management Product Description

11.5.1 NE Security Log Management


The NE security logs record the operations performed by all the NE users and the operation
results. By querying these logs, the administrator can trace and review the operations.
l Query the security logs of the NE.
l Set forwarding NE logs to the Syslog Server.

11.5.2 Syslog Management


The system log service (Syslog service) is used for the security management on an NE. For
unified control by maintenance engineers, all types of information are transmitted to the log
server in the format complying with the system log (Syslog) protocol.
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports:
l Enabling and disabling of Syslog protocol
l Setting of Syslog protocol transmit modes: UDP (by default) and TCP
l Adding and deletion of Syslog servers
l Coexisting of multiple Syslog servers and the sending of logs to multiple servers at the
same time
l Reporting of alarms upon the communication disconnection between the Syslog server and
the NE
Figure 11-1 shows how the Syslog protocol is transmitted in a network. To ensure the security
of system logs, make sure that at least two system log servers are available in a network.
Normally, IP protocol is used for the communication between the NE and the system log servers.
The communication between NEs can be realized through several methods, for example, ECC
mode or IP over DCC mode.

Figure 11-1 Schematic diagram of Syslog protocol transmitting


NE B

NMS NE A NE C
(client) (client)

ECC/ IP OVER DCC


TCP/IP

real time
Syslog Server B
security log

Syslog Server A
NE D

NOTE

Normally, a system log server is a workstation or server that is dedicated to storing the system logs of all
NEs in a network.
A forwarding gateway NE receives the system logs of other NEs and forwards the logs to the system log
server. In Figure 11-1, NE A and NE C are forwarding gateway NEs.

When IP protocol is adopted on each NE for communication, every NE can directly communicate
with the two system log servers through the IP protocol. Hence, configure the IP addresses and

11-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 11 Security Management

port numbers on the NE, and the system is able to transmit the NE logs to the two Syslog servers
through the auto addressing function of IP protocol. No forwarding gateway NE is required.
When ECC mode is adopted on each NE for communication, the NE that does not directly
connect to the Syslog servers cannot communicate with the servers. The logs of the NE must be
transmitted to a gateway NE that directly communicates with the Syslog servers through ECC.
Then, the logs are forwarded to the Syslog servers by the gateway NE. Hence, the forwarding
gateway NE must be configured, for example, configure NE A as the forwarding gateway NE
for NE D.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 12 Technical Specifications

12 Technical Specifications

About This Chapter

The technical specifications provide the specifications of the optical interfaces, electrical
interfaces and environment.

12.1 Interface Types


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports optical interfaces of different types.
12.2 Specifications of the Optical Interface
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports SDH optical interfaces, Ethernet optical interfaces and ATM
optical interfaces. This section lists the specifications of these optical interfaces.
12.3 Specifications of Electrical Interfaces
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports PDH electrical interfaces, DDN electrical interfaces and auxiliary
interfaces.
12.4 Clock Timing and Synchronization Performance
The clock interfaces and synchronization performance of the OptiX OSN 1500 complies with
related ITU-T Recommendations.
12.5 Transmission Performance
The transmission performance of the OptiX OSN 1500 complies with ITU-T standards.
12.6 Timeslot Numbering
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports two numbering schemes for TU-12.
12.7 Cabinet and Subrack Specification
The technical specifications of the subrack and cabinet provide the dimensions and weight.
12.8 Power Supply Specification
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the input of -48 V or -60 V DC power supply.
12.9 Electromagnetic Compatibility
The OptiX OSN 1500 is designed in accordance with the ETS 300 386 and ETS 300 127
standards stipulated by the ETSI. The equipment has passed the electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC) related tests.
12.10 Safety Certification
The OptiX OSN 1500 has received several safety certifications.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
12 Technical Specifications Product Description

12.11 Environmental Specification


The OptiX OSN 1500 requires a proper environment for normal operation.
12.12 Environment Requirement
The OptiX OSN 1500 requires a different environment for storage, transportation and operation.
This section lists the environment requirements.
12.13 Power Consumption and Weight of Boards
Different boards have different power consumption and weight.

12-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 12 Technical Specifications

12.1 Interface Types


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports optical interfaces of different types.

Table 12-1 lists the optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500.

Table 12-1 Optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500

Interface Type Rate and Feature

SDH optical interface 155520kbit/s, 622080kbit/s, 2488320kbit/s, 2666057 kbit/s

Ethernet interface 10/100Base-TX, 100Base-FX, 1000Base-SX, 1000Base-LX,


1000Base-ZX

ATM interface 34368 kbit/s, 155520 kbit/s, 622080 kbit/s

PDH/SDH electrical 1544 kbit/s, 2048 kbit/s, 34368 kbit/s, 44736 kbit/s, 139264 kbit/s,
interface 155520 kbit/s

DDN electrical RS449, EIA530, EIA530-A, V.35, V.24, X.21, Framed E1


interface

Clock interface OptiX OSN 1500A:


Two 120-ohm clock interfaces (2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz)
OptiX OSN 1500B:
Two 75-ohm clock interfaces (2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz)
Two 120-ohm clock interfaces (2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz)

Alarm interface Three alarm input interfaces, one alarm output interfaces, alarm
concatenated interfaces, four cabinet alarm indicator interfaces

Auxiliary interface Administration interface, orderwire interface, data interface

12.2 Specifications of the Optical Interface


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports SDH optical interfaces, Ethernet optical interfaces and ATM
optical interfaces. This section lists the specifications of these optical interfaces.

12.2.1 SDH Optical Interface


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports SDH optical interfaces of different types.
12.2.2 Ethernet Optical Interface
The OptiX OSN 1500 supports Ethernet optical interfaces of different types.
12.2.3 ATM Optical Interface
The ATM optical interfaces include STM-1 and STM-4 ATM optical interfaces.
12.2.4 Laser Safety Class
The safety class of the laser on each board is CLASS 1 or CLASS 1M.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
12 Technical Specifications Product Description

12.2.1 SDH Optical Interface


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports SDH optical interfaces of different types.

Table 12-2 lists the specifications for the STM-1 optical interface of the OptiX OSN 1500.

Table 12-2 Specifications of the STM-1 optical interface of the OptiX OSN 1500

Item Specification

Nominal bit rate 155 520 kbit/s

Classification code I-1 Ie-1 S-1.1 L-1.1 L-1.2 Ve-1.2

Transmission 0 to 2 0 to 2 2 to 15 20 to 40 60 to 80 80 to 100
distance (km)

Operating 1260 to 1270 to 1261 to 1263 to 1480 to 1480 to


wavelength (nm) 1360 1380 1360 1360 1580 1580

Fiber Type Single- Multi- Single- Single- Single- Single-


mode LC mode LC mode mode LC mode mode LC
LC LC

Mean launched -15 to -8 -20 to -15 to -8 -5 to 0 -5 to 0 -3 to 0


power (dBm) -14

Receiver minimum -23 -30 -28 -34 -34 -34


sensitivity (dBm)

Minimum overload -8 -14 -8 -10 -10 -10


(dBm)

Minimum extinction 8.2 10 8.2 10 10 10


ratio (dB)

Table 12-3 lists the specifications for the STM-4 optical interface of the OptiX OSN 1500.

Table 12-3 Specifications of the STM-4 optical interface of the OptiX OSN 1500

Item Specification

Nominal bit rate 622 080 kbit/s

Classification code I-4 S-4.1 L-4.1 L-4.2 Ve-4.2

Transmission distance (km) 0 to 2 2 to 15 20 to 40 50 to 80 80 to 100

Operating wavelength (nm) 1261 to 1274 to 1280 to 1480 to 1480 to


1360 1356 1335 1580 1580

Fiber Type Single-mode LC

Mean launched power (dBm) -15 to -8 -15 to -8 -3 to 2 -3 to 2 -3 to 2

12-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 12 Technical Specifications

Item Specification

Receiver minimum -23 -28 -28 -28 -34


sensitivity (dBm)

Minimum overload (dBm) -8 -8 -8 -8 -13

Minimum extinction ratio 8.2 8.2 10 10 10.5


(dB)

Table 12-4 lists the specifications for the STM-16 optical interface of the OptiX OSN 1500.

Table 12-4 Specifications of the STM-16 optical interface of the OptiX OSN 1500
Item Specification

Nominal bit rate 2 488 320 kbit/s

Classification I-16 S-16.1 L-16.1 L-16.2 L-16.2 V-16.2 U-16.2


code (Je) (Je) (Je) (BA
(BA) +PA)

Transmission 0 to 2 2 to 15 25 to 40 50 to 80 to 100 105 to 145 to


distance (km) 80 140 170

Operating 1266 1260 to 1280 to 1500 to 1530 to 1530 to 1550.12


wavelength to 1360 1335 1580 1560 1565
(nm) 1360

Fiber Type Single-mode LC

Mean launched -10 to -5 to 0 -2 to 3 -2 to 3 5 to 7 Without Without


power (dBm) -3 BA: -2 BA and
to 3 PA: -2 to
3

With With
BA: 13 BA: 15 to
to 15 18

Receiver -18 -18 -27 -28 -28 -28 Without


minimum BA and
sensitivity PA: -28
(dBm)
With PA:
-34

Minimum -3 0 -9 -9 -9 -9 Without
overload (dBm) BA and
PA: -9

With PA:
-10

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
12 Technical Specifications Product Description

Item Specification

Maximum 12 - - 1200 to 2000 2800 3400


chromatic 1600
dispersion
(ps/nm)

Minimum 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2


extinction ratio
(dB)

Table 12-5 lists the specifications for the STM-16 (FEC) optical interface of the OptiX OSN
1500.

Table 12-5 Specifications of the STM-16 (FEC) optical interface of the OptiX OSN 1500
Item Specification

Nominal bit rate 2 666 057 kbit/s

Classification code Ue-16.2c Ue-16.2d Ue-16.2f

Code contenta SF16+BA SF16+BA SF16+BA(17dB)+RA


(14dB)+PA (17dB)+PA +PA

Operating wavelength (nm) 1550.12 1550.12 1550.12

Fiber Type Single-mode LC

Mean launched power (dBm) Without BA and Without BA and Without BA, RA and
PA: -5 to -1 PA: -5 to -1 PA: -5 to -1

With BA: 13 to With BA: 13 to With BA: 15 to 18


15 15

Receiver minimum Without BA and Without BA and Without BA, RA and


sensitivity (dBm) PA: -27.5 PA: -27.5 PA: -27.5

With PA: -37 With PA: -37 With PA: -42

Minimum overload point -10 -10 -10


(dBm) b

Minimum extinction ratio 10 10 10


(dB) c

a: The number in the bracket indicates the corresponding parameter, for example, BA (14)
indicates that the optical power of the signal after it is amplified by the BA is 14 dBm. "FEC
+BA+PA" indicates that the optical interface specifications include FEC, BA and PA.
b: The parameter is that of the PA.
c: Parameters in the table are of the optical modules, excluding the amplifiers.

12-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 12 Technical Specifications

The STM-16 optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500 can output wavelengths that comply
with ITU-T G.694.1. The output wavelengths can be directly added to the WDM system. Table
12-6 lists the wavelengths and frequencies of the STM-16 optical interfaces.

Table 12-6 Wavelengths and frequencies of STM-16 optical interfaces

No. Frequency Wavelength No. Frequency Wavelength (nm)


(THz) (nm) (THz)

1 192.1 1560.61 21 194.1 1544.53

2 192.2 1559.79 22 194.2 1543.73

3 192.3 1558.98 23 194.3 1542.94

4 192.4 1558.17 24 194.4 1542.14

5 192.5 1557.36 25 194.5 1541.35

6 192.6 1556.56 26 194.6 1540.56

7 192.7 1555.75 27 194.7 1539.77

8 192.8 1554.94 28 194.8 1538.98

9 192.9 1554.13 29 194.9 1538.19

10 193.0 1553.33 30 195.0 1537.40

11 193.1 1552.52 31 195.1 1536.61

12 193.2 1551.72 32 195.2 1535.82

13 193.3 1550.92 33 195.3 1535.04

14 193.4 1550.12 34 195.4 1534.25

15 193.5 1549.32 35 195.5 1533.47

16 193.6 1548.51 36 195.6 1532.68

17 193.7 1547.72 37 195.7 1531.90

18 193.8 1546.92 38 195.8 1531.12

19 193.9 1546.12 39 195.9 1530.33

20 194.0 1545.32 40 196.0 1529.55

Table 12-7 lists the specifications of the colored optical interface of the OptiX OSN 1500.

Table 12-7 Specifications of the colored optical interface of the OptiX OSN 1500

Item Specification

Nominal bit rate 2 488 320 kbit/s 2 666 057 kbit/s

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
12 Technical Specifications Product Description

Item Specification

Dispersion limit (km) 170 640 640

Mean launched power (dBm) -2 to 3 -5 to -1 -5 to -1

Receiver minimum sensitivity -28 -28 -28


(dBm)

Minimum overload point (dBm) -9 -9 -9

Maximum chromatic dispersion 3400 10880 10880


(ps/nm)

Minimum extinction ratio (dB) 8.2 10 10

OSNR (dB) Without FEC: 20 With FEC: 16

Without FEC: 21

12.2.2 Ethernet Optical Interface


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports Ethernet optical interfaces of different types.
The specification of the Ethernet optical interface of the OptiX OSN 1500 equipment comply
with IEEE 802.3 standards. Table 12-8 lists the specifications.

Table 12-8 Parameters specified for the Ethernet optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500
Parameter Value

Type of Interface 1000BA 1000BA 1000BAS 1000BA 100BAS 100BAS


SE-ZX SE-VX E-LX (10 SE-SX E-FX (15 E-FX (2
(80 km) (40 km) km) (0.5 km) km) km)

Type of Fiber Single- Single- Single- Multi- Single- Single-


mode LC mode LC mode LC mode LC mode LC mode LC

Launched -2 to +5 -4.5 to 0 -9 to -3 -9.5 to 0 -15 to -8 -19 to -14


Optical Power
(dBm)

Operating 1480 to 1270 to 1270 to 770 to 1261 to 1270 to


Wavelength 1580 1355 1355 860 1360 1380
Range (nm)

Minimum -3 -3 -3 0 -7 -14
Overload (dBm)

Receiver -22 -23 -19 -17 -28 -30


Sensitivity
(dBm)

12-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 12 Technical Specifications

Parameter Value

Minimum 9 9 9.5 9.5 10 10


Extinction Ratio
(dB)

12.2.3 ATM Optical Interface


The ATM optical interfaces include STM-1 and STM-4 ATM optical interfaces.

Table 12-9 and Table 12-10 list the specifications of the ATM optical interfaces of the OptiX
OSN 1500.

Table 12-9 Performance of the STM-1 ATM optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500

Item Specification

Nominal bit rate 155520 kbit/s

Classification code Ie-1 S-1.1 L-1.1 L-1.2 Ve-1.2

Transmission distance 0 to 2 2 to 15 20 to 40 60 to 80 80 to 100


(km)

Operating wavelength 1260 to 1261 to 1263 to 1480 to 1480 to


(nm) 1360 1360 1360 1580 1580

Fiber Type Single-mode LC

Mean launched power -20 to -14 -15 to -8 -5 to 0 -5 to 0 -3 to 0


(dBm)

Receiver minimum -31 -28 -34 -34 -34


sensitivity (dBm)

Minimum overload -14 -8 -10 -10 -10


(dBm)

Minimum extinction ratio 10 8.2 10 10 10


(dB)

Table 12-10 Performance of the STM-4 ATM optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500

Item Specification

Nominal bit rate 622080 kbit/s

Classification code S-4.1 L-4.1 L-4.2 Ve-4.2

Transmission distance 2 to 15 20 to 40 50 to 80 80 to 100


(km)

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
12 Technical Specifications Product Description

Item Specification

Operating wavelength 1274 to 1356 1280 to 1335 1480 to 1580 1480 to 1580
(nm)

Fiber Type Single-mode LC

Mean launched power -15 to -8 -3 to 2 -3 to 2 -3 to 2


(dBm)

Receiver minimum -28 -28 -28 -34


sensitivity (dBm)

Minimum overload -8 -8 -8 -13


(dBm)

Minimum extinction 8.2 10 10 10.5


ratio (dB)

12.2.4 Laser Safety Class


The safety class of the laser on each board is CLASS 1 or CLASS 1M.
Table 12-11 lists the safety classes of lasers used for the OptiX OSN 1500.

Table 12-11 Laser safety class


Laser Safety Board
Class

CLASS 1 N1SL16, N2SL16, N3SL16, N1SL16A, N2SL16A, N3SL16A, N1SF16,


N1SL4, N1SL4A, N2SL4, R1SL4, N1SLQ4, N1SLQ4A, N2SLQ4,
N1SLD4, N1SLD4A, N2SLD4, R1SLD4, N1SLT1, N1SLQ1A,
N1SLQ1, N2SLQ1, R1SLQ1, N1SL1, N1SL1A, N2SL1, R1SL1,
N2SLO1, N1EGT2, N2EGS2, N1EMS4, N1EGS4, N3EGS4, N2EGR2,
N2EMR0, N1ADL4, N1ADQ1, N1IDL4, N1IDQ1, N1MST4, N1OU08,
N2OU08, N1EFF8, Q2CXL1, Q3CXL1, Q2CXL4, Q3CXL4, Q2CXL16,
Q3CXL16, R1CXLL1, R1CXLD1, R1CXLQ1, R1CXLL4, R1CXLD4,
R1CXLQ4, R1CXLL16

CLASS 1M BA2, BPA, 61COA, N1COA, 62COA, N1FIB, ROP, N1MR2A,


N1MR2B, N1MR2C, N1LWX, TN11OBU1, TN11MR2, TN11MR4,
TN11CMR2, TN11CMR4

12.3 Specifications of Electrical Interfaces


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports PDH electrical interfaces, DDN electrical interfaces and auxiliary
interfaces.

12.3.1 PDH Electrical Interface


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports PDH electrical interfaces of several types.

12-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 12 Technical Specifications

12.3.2 DDN Interface


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports DDN interfaces.
12.3.3 Auxiliary Interface
The OptiX OSN 1500 provides many auxiliary interfaces.

12.3.1 PDH Electrical Interface


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports PDH electrical interfaces of several types.
Table 12-12 lists the specifications of the PDH electrical interfaces of the OptiX OSN 1500.

Table 12-12 Specifications of PDH electrical interfaces

Interface Type 1544 2048 34368 44736 139264 155520


kbit/s kbit/s kbit/s kbit/s kbit/s kbit/s

Code B8ZS, HDB3 HDB3 B3ZS CMI CMI


AMI

Signal bit rate at ITU-T G.703- ITU-T G.703-compliant


the output compliant
interface

Attenuation
tolerance at the
input interface

Frequency
deviation
tolerance at the
input interface

Anti-interference - - - -
capability of
input interface

12.3.2 DDN Interface


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports DDN interfaces.
Table 12-13 lists the DDN interface types.

Table 12-13 DDN interface types

Interface Type Description Standard

Framed E1 Framed E1 signal Physical and electrical features comply with ITU-T
interface type G.703. The frame structure complies with ITU-T G.
704.

N x 64 kbit/s V.35 interface Complies with ITU-T V.35.


interface
V.24 interface Complies with ITU-T V.24.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
12 Technical Specifications Product Description

Interface Type Description Standard

X.21 interface Complies with ITU-T X.21.

RS-449 interface Complies with EIA RS-449 (RS-423A, RS-422A).

RS-530 interface Complies with EIA RS-530.

RS-530A Complies with EIA RS-530A.


interface

12.3.3 Auxiliary Interface


The OptiX OSN 1500 provides many auxiliary interfaces.

RS-232 Interfaces
Table 12-14 lists the specifications of the RS-232 electrical interfaces. The RS-232 interfaces
are S1, S2, S3 and S4 interfaces on the EOW or S1 and S2 interfaces on the AMU.

Table 12-14 Specifications of the RS-232 interfaces

Item Specification

Bit rate 19.2 kbit/s to the maximum

Mode RS-232 Tx & Rx data only

Electrical level ±5 V to ±15 V

RS-422 Interfaces
Table 12-15 lists the specifications of the RS-422 electrical interfaces. The RS-422 interfaces
are S1, S2, S3 and S4 interfaces on the EOW or S1 and S2 interfaces on the AMU.

Table 12-15 Specifications of the RS-422 interfaces

Item Specification

Bit rate 19.2 kbit/s to the maximum

Mode RS-422 Tx & Rx data only

Electrical level ±2.0 V

Orderwire Phone Interface


Table 12-16 lists the specifications of the orderwire phone interfaces.

12-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 12 Technical Specifications

Table 12-16 Specifications of the orderwire phone interface


Item Specification

Speech channel interface

Impedance 600 ohms

Bandwidth 300 Hz to 3400 Hz

Operating current 18 mA

Input gain -4/0/0 dB

Output gain 0/-7/0 dB

Signaling DTMF compliant with ITU-T Q.23

12.4 Clock Timing and Synchronization Performance


The clock interfaces and synchronization performance of the OptiX OSN 1500 complies with
related ITU-T Recommendations.

12.4.1 Clock Interface Type


The OptiX OSN 1500 provides the external clock input interfaces and clock output interfaces.
12.4.2 Timing and Synchronization Performance
The timing and synchronization performance of the OptiX OSN 1500 complies with ITU-T G.
813.

12.4.1 Clock Interface Type


The OptiX OSN 1500 provides the external clock input interfaces and clock output interfaces.
Table 12-17 lists the clock features of the OptiX OSN 1500.

Table 12-17 Clock features


Clock Type Feature

External OptiX OSN 1500A:


synchronization Two 120-ohm 2048 kbit/s (G.703) or 2048 kHz (G.703) clock inputs
source
OptiX OSN 1500B:
Two 75-ohm 2048 kbit/s (G.703) or 2048 kHz (G.703) clock inputs
Two 120-ohm 2048 kbit/s (G.703) or 2048 kHz (G.703) clock inputs

Synchronization OptiX OSN 1500A:


output Two 120-ohm 2048 kbit/s (G.703) or 2048 kHz (G.703) clock outputs
OptiX OSN 1500B:
Two 75-ohm 2048 kbit/s (G.703) or 2048 kHz (G.703) clock outputs
Two 120-ohm 2048 kbit/s (G.703) or 2048 kHz (G.703) clock outputs

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
12 Technical Specifications Product Description

12.4.2 Timing and Synchronization Performance


The timing and synchronization performance of the OptiX OSN 1500 complies with ITU-T G.
813.

Table 12-18 lists the timing and synchronization performance of the OptiX OSN 1500
equipment.

Table 12-18 Timing and synchronization performance

Output Jitter Output Frequency of Internal Long-Term Phase Variation


Oscillator in the Free-Run Mode in the Locked Mode

G.813 compliant G.813 compliant G.813 compliant

12.5 Transmission Performance


The transmission performance of the OptiX OSN 1500 complies with ITU-T standards.

Table 12-19 lists the performance of the output jitter and bit error in an SDH/PDH network.

Table 12-19 Transmission performance

Jitter at STM-N Interface Jitter at PDH Interface Bit Error

G.813/G.825 compliant G.823/G.783 compliant G.826 compliant

12.6 Timeslot Numbering


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports two numbering schemes for TU-12.

Table 12-20 and Table 12-21 list the details.

Table 12-20 Numbering TU-12s in a VC-4 (scheme I)

TUG2 TUG2 TUG2 TUG TUG TUG TUG


(7-1) (7-2) (7-3) (7-4) (7-5) (7-6) (7-7)

TU-3 (3-1) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1

TU-3 (3-2) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2

TU-3 (3-3) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3

12-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 12 Technical Specifications

Table 12-21 Numbering TU-12s in a VC-4 (scheme II)

TUG2 TUG2 TUG2 TUG2 TUG2 TUG2 TUG2


(7-1) (7-2) (7-3) (7-4) (7-5) (7-6) (7-7)

TU-3 (3-1) 1 2 4 4 2 4 7 2 4 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 4 6
2 3 5 6 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1

TU-3 (3-2) 2 2 4 5 2 4 8 2 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 2 4 6
3 4 6 7 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2

TU-3 (3-3) 3 2 4 6 2 4 9 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 6 2 4 6
4 5 7 8 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3

12.7 Cabinet and Subrack Specification


The technical specifications of the subrack and cabinet provide the dimensions and weight.

Table 12-22 lists the technical specifications of the ETSI cabinets.

Table 12-22 Technical specifications of the ETSI cabinets

Dimensions (mm) Weight (kg)

600 (W) x 300 (D) x 2000 (H) 55

600 (W) x 600 (D) x 2000 (H) 79

600 (W) x 300 (D) x 2200 (H) 60

600 (W) x 600 (D) x 2200 (H) 84


NOTE
All dimensions are in mm. The following figure shows the dimensions of
the width, the depth and the height.
H

W
D

Table 12-23 lists the technical specifications of the 19-inch standard cabinets.

Table 12-23 Technical specifications of the 19-inch standard cabinets

Dimensions (mm) Weight (kg)

600 (W) x 600 (D) x 2000 (H) 90

600 (W) x 600 (D) x 2200 (H) 110

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
12 Technical Specifications Product Description

Table 12-24 lists the technical specifications of the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack.

Table 12-24 Technical specifications of the OptiX OSN 1500A subrack

Dimensions (mm) Weight (kg)

444 (W) x 262 (D) x 131 (H) 8 (with the backplane, fan and two PIU
boards)

Table 12-25 lists the technical specifications of the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack.

Table 12-25 Technical specifications of the OptiX OSN 1500B subrack

Dimensions (mm) Weight (kg)

444 (W) x 263 (D) x 221 (H) 9 (with the backplane, fan and two PIU
boards)

12.8 Power Supply Specification


The OptiX OSN 1500 supports the input of -48 V or -60 V DC power supply.

Table 12-26 lists the specifications of the power supply.

Table 12-26 Power supply specifications

Item Specification

Power supply mode DC power supply

Nominal voltage -48 V or -60 V

Voltage range -38.4 V to -57.6 V or -48 V to -72 V

Maximum power OptiX OSN 1500A: 290 W


consumption OptiX OSN 1500B: 320 W

Maximum current OptiX OSN 1500A: 4.5 A


OptiX OSN 1500B: 6 A

12.9 Electromagnetic Compatibility


The OptiX OSN 1500 is designed in accordance with the ETS 300 386 and ETS 300 127
standards stipulated by the ETSI. The equipment has passed the electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC) related tests.

Table 12-27 lists the passed EMC-related test specifications.

12-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 12 Technical Specifications

Table 12-27 EMC test results


Item Standard

Radiated emission CISPR22 Class


AEN55022 Class A

Conducted emission for DC port CISPR22 Class A


EN55022 Class A

Conducted emission for signal CISPR22 Class A


ports EN55022 Class A

Immunity to Radiated ETSI EN 300 386 V1.3.3


Electromagnetic Field IEC 61000-4-3(80 MHz-2700 MHz: 10 V/m)

Immunity to electrostatic discharge ETSI EN 300 386 V1.3.3


IEC 61000-4-2 (Air Discharge:±8 kV; Contact
Discharge:±6 kV)

Immunity to electrical fast transient ETSI EN 300 386 V1.3.3


bursts for DC ports IEC 61000-4-4(±1 kV)

Immunity to electrical fast transient ETSI EN 300 386 V1.3.2


bursts for signal ports IEC 61000-4-4(±1 kV)

Immunity to surges for DC ports ETSI EN 300 386 V1.3.3


IEC 61000-4-5(Line to Line: ±1 kV, Line to
Ground: ±2 kV)

Immunity to surges for signal ports ETSI EN 300 386 V1.3.3


IEC 61000-4-5(±1 kV)

Immunity to continuous conducted ETSI EN 300 386 V1.3.3


interference for DC ports IEC 61000-4-6(10 V)

Immunity to continuous conducted ETSI EN 300 386 V1.3.3


interference for signal ports IEC 61000-4-6(10 V)

Immunity To Continuous Voltage ETSI EN 300 386 V1.3.3


dips and Short Interruption and IEC 61000-4-29
Voltage Variation for DC Power
Port

12.10 Safety Certification


The OptiX OSN 1500 has received several safety certifications.
Table 12-28 lists the safety certifications that the OptiX OSN 1500 has received.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-17


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
12 Technical Specifications Product Description

Table 12-28 Safety certifications


Item Standard

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) CISPR22 Class A


CISPR24
EN55022 Class A
EN50024
ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
ETSI ES 201 468
CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
ICES 003 Class A
AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
GB9254 Class A
VCCI Class A

Safety IEC 60950-1


IEC/EN41003
EN 60950-1
UL 60950-1
CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
AS/NZS 60950-1
BS EN 60950-1
IS 13252
GB4943

Laser safety FDA rules


21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11
IEC60825-1
IEC60825-2
EN60825-1
EN60825-2
GB7247

Health ICNIRP Guideline


1999-519-EC
EN 50385
OET Bulletin 65
IEEE Std C95.1

Environment protection RoHS

12-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 12 Technical Specifications

12.11 Environmental Specification


The OptiX OSN 1500 requires a proper environment for normal operation.

The OptiX OSN 1500 can operate normally for a long term in the environment defined in Table
12-29.

Table 12-29 Environment specifications for long-term operation

Item Range

Altitude ≤ 4850 m

Air pressure 55 kPa to 106 kPa

Temperature 0°C to 45°C

Relative humidity 10% to 90%

Anti-seismic performance ETS300-019-2-3-AMD

12.12 Environment Requirement


The OptiX OSN 1500 requires a different environment for storage, transportation and operation.
This section lists the environment requirements.

The following international standards are taken as the reference for specifying the environment
requirements.

l ETS (European Telecommunication Standards) 300 019-1-3: Class 3.2 Partly temperature-
controlled location
l NEBS GR-63-CORE: Network Equipment-Building System (NEBS) Requirements:
Physical Protection
12.12.1 Environment for Storage
The OptiX OSN 1500 requires a proper climate for storage.
12.12.2 Environment for Transportation
The OptiX OSN 1500 requires a proper climate for transportation.
12.12.3 Environment for Operation
The OptiX OSN 1500 requires a proper climate for operation.

12.12.1 Environment for Storage


The OptiX OSN 1500 requires a proper climate for storage.

Climate
Table 12-30 lists the climate requirements for storage.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-19


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
12 Technical Specifications Product Description

Table 12-30 Climate requirements for storage

Item Range

Altitude ≤ 4850 m

Air pressure 55 kPa to 106 kPa

Temperature -40°C to +70°C

Temperature change rate ≤ 1 °C/min

Relative humidity 5% to 100%

Waterproof Requirement
The requirement for storing the equipment on the customer site is that generally, the equipment
must be stored indoors.

There should be no water on the floor or water entering the equipment carton. The equipment
should be placed away from places where there are possibilities of water leakage, such as near
the auto fire-fighting facilities and heating facilities.

If the equipment is stored outdoors, ensure that following conditions are met.

l The carton must be intact.


l Take rainproof measures to prevent water from entering the carton.
l There should be no water on the ground where the carton is placed.
l The carton must be free from direct exposure to sunlight.

Biological Environment
l Avoid the growth of microbes, such as eumycete and mycete.
l Take anti-rodent measures.

Air Cleanness
l The air must be free from explosive, electric-conductive, magnetic-conductive or corrosive
dust.
l The density of the mechanical active substances complies with the requirements defined
by Table 12-31.

Table 12-31 Density requirements for mechanical active substances during storage

Mechanical Active Substance Content

Suspending dust ≤ 5.00 mg/m3

Precipitable dust ≤ 20.0 mg/m2·h

Gravel ≤ 300 mg/m3

12-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 12 Technical Specifications

l The density of the chemical active substances complies with the requirements defined by
Table 12-32.

Table 12-32 Density requirements for chemical active substances during storage
Chemical Active Substance Content

SO2 ≤ 0.30 mg/m3

H2S ≤ 0.10 mg/m3

NO2 ≤ 0.50 mg/m3

NH3 ≤ 1.00 mg/m3

Cl2 ≤ 0.10 mg/m3

HCl ≤ 0.10 mg/m3

HF ≤ 0.01 mg/m3

O3 ≤ 0.05 mg/m3

Mechanical Stress
Table 12-33 lists the requirements for mechanical stress during storage.

Table 12-33 Requirements for mechanical stress during storage


Item Sub-Item Range

Random vibration Acceleration spectral - 0.02 m2/s3 -


density

Frequency range 5 Hz to 20 Hz 20 Hz to 50 50 Hz to 100


Hz Hz

dB/oct +12 - -12

12.12.2 Environment for Transportation


The OptiX OSN 1500 requires a proper climate for transportation.

Climate
Table 12-34 lists the climate requirements for transportation.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-21


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
12 Technical Specifications Product Description

Table 12-34 Climate requirements for transportation

Item Range

Altitude ≤ 4850 m

Air pressure 55 kPa to 106 kPa

Temperature -40°C to +70°C

Temperature change rate ≤ 1°C/min

Relative humidity 5% to 100%

Solar radiation ≤ 1120 W/s2

Heat radiation ≤ 600 W/s2

Air flowing speed ≤ 30 m/s

Waterproof Requirement
Ensure that the following conditions are met when transporting the equipment:

l The carton must be intact.


l Take rainproof measures to prevent water from entering the carton.
l There should be no water in the transportation tool.

Biological Environment
l Avoid the growth of microbes, such as eumycete and mycete.
l Take anti-rodent measures.

Air Cleanness
l The air must be free from explosive, electric-conductive, magnetic-conductive or corrosive
dust.
l The density of the mechanical active substances complies with the requirements defined
by Table 12-35.

Table 12-35 Density requirements for mechanical active substances during transportation

Mechanical Active Substance Content

Suspending dust No requirement

Precipitable dust ≤ 3.0 mg/m2·h

Gravel ≤ 100 mg/m3

12-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 12 Technical Specifications

l The density of the chemical active substances complies with the requirements defined by
Table 12-36.

Table 12-36 Density requirements for chemical active substances during transportation

Chemical Active Substance Content

SO2 ≤ 1.00 mg/m3

H2S ≤ 0.50 mg/m3

NO2 ≤ 1.00 mg/m3

NH3 ≤ 3.00 mg/m3

Cl2 -

HCl ≤ 0.50 mg/m3

HF ≤ 0.03 mg/m3

O3 ≤ 0.10 mg/m3

Mechanical Stress
Table 12-37 lists the requirements for transporting the OptiX OSN 1500 equipment.

Table 12-37 Requirements for mechanical stress during transportation

Item Sub-Item Range

Random vibration Acceleration spectral 1 m2/s3 -3 dBA


density

Frequency range 5 Hz to 20 Hz 20 Hz to 200 Hz

Impact Impact response 100 m/s2, 11 ms, 100 times on each


spectrum I (sample surface
weight > 50 kg)

Impact response 180 m/s2, 6 ms, 100 times on each surface


spectrum II (sample
weight ≤ 50 kg)

Fall-off Weight (kg) Height (m)

< 10 1.0

< 15 1.0

< 20 0.8

< 30 0.6

< 40 0.5

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-23


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
12 Technical Specifications Product Description

Item Sub-Item Range

< 50 0.4

< 100 0.3

> 100 0.1


NOTE
Impact response spectrum is the maximum acceleration response curve generated by the equipment
that is spurred by a specified impact. Static load is the pressure from the top, which the equipment
with the package can endure when the equipment is placed in a specific manner.

12.12.3 Environment for Operation


The OptiX OSN 1500 requires a proper climate for operation.

Climate
Table 12-38 list the climate requirements for operation of the OptiX OSN 1500.

Table 12-38 Requirements for temperature and humidity


Temperature Relative Humidity

Long-term Short-term operation Long-term Short-term operation


operation operation

0°C to 45°C -5°C to 55°C 10% to 90% 5% to 95%


NOTE
The temperature and humidity values are tested in a place that is 1.5 m above the floor and 0.4 m in front
of the equipment. Short-term operation means that the consecutive working time of the equipment does
not exceed 96 hours, and the accumulated working time every year does not exceed 15 days.

Biological Environment
l Avoid the growth of microbes, such as eumycete and mycete.
l Take anti-rodent measures.

Air Cleanness
l The air must be free from explosive, electric-conductive, magnetic-conductive or corrosive
dust.
l The density of the mechanical active substances complies with the requirements defined
by Table 12-39.

12-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 12 Technical Specifications

Table 12-39 Requirements for the density of the mechanical active substance

Mechanical Active Content


Substance

Dust particle ≤ 3 x 105 particles/m3

Suspending dust ≤ 0.2 mg/m3

Precipitable dust ≤ 1.5 mg/m2·h

Gravel ≤ 20 mg/m3

l The density of the chemical active substances complies with the requirements defined by
Table 12-40.

Table 12-40 Density requirements for chemical active substances during operation

Chemical Active Substance Content

SO2 ≤ 0.30 mg/m3

H2S ≤ 0.10 mg/m3

NH3 ≤ 1.00 mg/m3

Cl2 ≤ 0.10 mg/m3

HCl ≤ 0.10 mg/m3

HF ≤ 0.01 mg/m3

O3 ≤ 0.05 mg/m3

NOX ≤ 0.50 mg/m3

Mechanical Stress
Table 12-41 lists the requirements of mechanical stress for operation.

Table 12-41 Requirements for mechanical stress during operation

Item Sub-Item Range

Sinusoidal Velocity ≤ 5 mm/s -


vibration
Acceleration - ≤ 2 m/s2

Frequency range 5 Hz to 62 Hz 62 Hz to 200 Hz

Impact Impact response Half-sin wave, 30 m/s2, 11 ms, three times on


spectrum II each surface

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-25


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
12 Technical Specifications Product Description

Item Sub-Item Range

Static load 0 kPa


NOTE
Impact response spectrum is the maximum acceleration response curve generated by an equipment that is
spurred by a specified impact. Static load is the pressure from the top, which the equipment with package
can endure when the equipment is placed in a specific manner.

12.13 Power Consumption and Weight of Boards


Different boards have different power consumption and weight.
Table 12-42 lists the power consumption and weight of the boards.

Table 12-42 Power consumption and weight of the boards


Board Power Weight Board Power Weight
Consumption (kg) Consumption (kg)
(W) (W)

SDH Processing Boards

N1SLT1 22 1.2 N1SLQ4 17 1.0

N1SLQ1 15 1.0 N1SLQ4A 17 1.0

N1SLQ1 15 1.0 N2SLQ4 16 1.0


A

N2SLQ1 15 1.0 N1SLD4 17 1.0

R1SLQ1 12 0.54 N1SLD4A 17 1.0

N1SL1 17 1.0 N2SLD4 15 1.0

N2SL1 14 1.0 R1SLD4 11 0.5

N1SL1A 17 1.0 N1SL4 17 1.0

R1SL1 10 0.5 N2SL4 15 1.0

N1SF16 26 1.1 N1SL4A 17 1.0

N1SL16, 20 1.1 R1SL4 10 0.5


N2SL16

N3SL16 22 1.1 N1SL16A, 20 1.1


N2SL16A

N1SEP1 17 1.0 N3SL16A 22 0.9

PDH Processing Boards

N1PQM 22 1.0 N2PQ3 13 0.9

12-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 12 Technical Specifications

Board Power Weight Board Power Weight


Consumption (kg) Consumption (kg)
(W) (W)

N1SPQ4 24 0.9 N1PL3 15 1.0

N2SPQ4 24 0.9 N1PL3A 15 1.1

N1PQ1 19 1.0 N2PL3 12 0.9

N2PQ1 13 1.0 N1PD3 19 1.1

R1PL1A, 7 0.5 N2PD3 12 0.9


R1PL1B

R1PD1 15 0.5 N2PL3A 12 0.9

R2PD1 15 0.6 N1DXA 10 0.8

N1DX1 15 1.0 - - -

Interface Boards and Protection Switching Boards

N1EU08 11 0.4 N1ETS8 0 0.4

N1MU04 2 0.4 N1TSB4 3 0.3

N1OU08 6 0.4 N1TSB8 0 0.3

N2OU08 6 0.4 N1C34S 0 0.3

N1EU04 6 0.4 N1D12S 0 0.4

R1L75S 5 0.3 N1D34S 0 0.4

R1L12S 4 0.3 N1D75S 0 0.4

N1DM12 0 0.5 N1D12B 0 0.3

N1ETF8 2 0.4 - - -

Data Processing Boards

N1EGS4 70 1.1 N1EFF8 6 0.4

N3EGS4 70 1.1 N1EFS0 35 1.0

N2EGR2 40 1.1 N2EFS0 35 1.0

N2EGS2 43 1.0 N4EFS0 35 1.0

N1EGT2 29 0.9 N1EFS4 30 1.0

N2EMR0 50 1.2 N2EFS4 30 1.0

N1EMS4 65 1.1 N1ADQ1 41 1.0

R1EFT4 14 0.5 N1ADL4 41 0.9

N1EFT8 26 1.0 N1MST4 26 0.9

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-27


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
12 Technical Specifications Product Description

Board Power Weight Board Power Weight


Consumption (kg) Consumption (kg)
(W) (W)

N1EFT8 26 1.0 N1IDL4 41 1.0


A

N1IDQ1 41 1.0 - - -

Cross-connect and System Control Boards

Q2CXL1 40 1.1 R1CXLQ4 50 1.0


6, ,
Q2CXL4, R1CXLQ1
Q2CXL1 ,
R1CXLD4
,
R1CXLD1
,
R1CXLL1
6,
R1CXLL4,
R1CXLL1

Q3CXL1 46 1.2 - - -
6,
Q3CXL4,
Q3CXL1

Other Boards

N1LWX 30 1.1 TN11CM 0 0.8


R2

N1MR2B 0 1.0 TN11CM 0 0.9


R4

N1MR2C 0 1.0 N1FIB 0 0.4

TN11MR 0 0.9 TN11OBU 16 1.3


2 1

TN11MR 0.2 0.9 R1FAN 20 1.0


4

N1BA2 20 1.0 AUX 19 1.0

N1BPA 20 1.0 R1AMU 8 0.5

N2BPA 11 1.2 EOW 10 0.4

PIU, 2 1.3 - - -
PIUA

12-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 13 Compliant Standards

13 Compliant Standards

About This Chapter

This chapter lists the standards that OptiX OSN 1500 complies with.

13.1 ITU-T Recommendations


13.2 IEEE Standards
13.3 IETF Standards
13.4 ANSI Standards
13.5 Environment Related Standards
13.6 EMC Standards
13.7 Safety Compliance Standards
13.8 Protection Standards
13.9 ASON Standards

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
13 Compliant Standards Product Description

13.1 ITU-T Recommendations


Table 13-1 ITU-T recommendations
Recommendation Description

G.652 Characteristics of a single-mode optical fiber cable

G.655 Characteristics of a non-zero dispersion-shifted single-mode


optical fiber and cable

G.661 Definition and test methods for the relevant generic parameters of
optical fiber amplifiers

G.662 Generic characteristics of optical fiber amplifier devices and sub-


systems

G.663 Application related aspects of optical fiber amplifier devices and


sub-systems

G.671 Transmission characteristics of optical components and


subsystems

G.691 Optical interfaces for single channel STM-64 and other SDH
systems with optical amplifiers

G.692 Optical interfaces for multichannel systems with optical amplifiers

G.694.1 Spectral grids for WDM applications: DWDM frequency grid

G.694.2 Spectral grids for WDM applications: CWDM wavelength grid

G.702 Digital hierarchy bit rates

G.703 Physical/electrical characteristic of hierarchical digital interfaces

G.704 Synchronous frame structures used at 1544, 6312, 2048, 8448 and
44736kbit/s hierarchical levels

G.7041 Generic framing procedure (GFP)

G.7042 Link capacity adjustment scheme (LCAS)

G.706 Frame alignment and cyclic redundancy check(CRC) procedures


relating to basic frame structures defined in Recommendation G.
704

G.707 Network node interface for the synchronous digital hierarchy


(SDH)

G.709 Interfaces for the Optical Transport Network (OTN)

G.773 Protocol suites for Q-interfaces for management of transmission


systems

13-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 1500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Product Description 13 Compliant Standards